Seth Godin: The Song of Significance Seth Godin is the author of 21 international bestsellers that have changed the way people think about work. His books have been translated into 38 languages. Seth writes one of the most popular marketing blogs in the world, and two of his TED talks are among the most popular of all time. He is the founder of the altMBA, the social media pioneer Squidoo, and Yoyodyne, one of the first internet companies. His blog is at seths.blog and his newest book is The Song of Significance: A New Manifesto for Teams*. Seth says that the foundation of all real skills is the confidence and permission to talk to each another. No place is that more apparent than in our meetings. On this episode, Seth returns to help us move towards meetings of significance. Key Points The song of significance is about work that matters, being part of something bigger than each one of us, and doing things we’re proud of. Many organizations and leaders hold meetings, but they are often reports and lectures. Meetings of significance are conversations. Despite knowing the critical important of conversations, we tend to resist them in our roles. Our work is to begin those conversations. Start with agreement on what a meeting is how we do work that matters through it. The problem is rarely with Zoom. The problem is how you show up to facilitate the meeting. Create the culture you need to serve people well by setting the tone for it. You have more power than you think. Resources Mentioned The Song of Significance: A New Manifesto for Teams* by Seth Godin Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Five Steps to Hold People Accountable, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 306) The Way to Have Conversations That Matter, with Celeste Headlee (episode 344) How to Lead Meetings That Get Results, with Mamie Kanfer Stewart (episode 358) How to Use Power Responsibly, with Vanessa Bohns (episode 551) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Gladys McGarey: The Well-Lived Life Gladys McGarey is 102 years old and a still-practicing doctor. Recognized as a pioneer of the allopathic and holistic medical movements, she is also a founding diplomat of the American Board of Holistic Medicine. She is the cofounder and past president of the American Holistic Medical Association, as well as the cofounder of the Academy of Parapsychology and Medicine and the founder of The International Academy of Clinical Hypnosis. Gladys lives and works in Scottsdale, Arizona, where for many years she shared a medical practice with her daughter. She currently has a medical consulting practice, maintains a healthy diet, and enjoys a good piece of cake every now and then. She has spoken at TEDx and is the author of The Well-Lived Life: A 102-Year Old Doctor's Six Secrets to Health and Happiness at Any Age*. Our efforts in leadership development, personal growth, or getting better at anything, are all about starting. In this conversation, Gladys and I discuss the critical nature of movement in our lives and work. We also explore how to identify where to start and why it’s more about beginning that finishing. Key Points All life needs to move. If we're not moving, we can't function. Stuckness is an illusion. If we know what to look for, movement is all around us and within us. A flashlight in the dark can only see a few steps ahead — but that’s enough to move in the right direction and begin seeing more. Look for the trickle around the dam. Noticing where movement already is will often be the starting point to go further. Doctors don’t heal patients, only patients can heal themselves. Pay attention to beginning instead of finishing. Resources Mentioned The Well-Lived Life: A 102-Year Old Doctor's Six Secrets to Health and Happiness at Any Age* by Gladys McGarey Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Tame Your Inner Critic, with Tara Mohr (episode 232) Leadership Means You Go First, with Keith Ferrazzi (episode 488) How to Make Progress When Starting Something New, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 562) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Jeremy Utley: Ideaflow Jeremy Utley is the Director of Executive Education at the Stanford d.school, and an Adjunct Professor at Stanford’s School of Engineering, where he has earned multiple favorite professor distinctions from graduate programs. He co-teaches two celebrated courses, Leading Disruptive Innovation (d.leadership) and LaunchPad, which focus on creating real-world impact with the tools of design & innovation. He is also on the teaching teams of d.org, an organizational design course, and Transformative Design, a course that turns the tools of design onto graduate students’ lives. One of the most prodigious collaborators at the d.school, Jeremy has taught alongside the likes of Lecrae, Dan Ariely, Laszlo Bock, and Greg McKeown. He is the author along with Perry Klebahn of Ideaflow: The Only Business Metric That Matters. Brainstorming sessions often emerge to address a problem requiring new ideas or innovation. However, the way many of us approach brainstorming vastly limits what’s possible for our teams and organizations. In this conversation, Jeremy and I discuss where leaders go wrong and some of the most helpful mindsets and tactics to do better. Key Points We tend to like cognitive closure. That often stops us from moving forward more substantially during brainstorming. The Idea Ratio shows that 2000 ideas are needed for every one idea that goes to market. Most teams and organizations vastly underestimate this. Set the expectation that brainstorming is a process, not a single event. That will help you surface vastly more useful ideas. Gather initial suggestions before a session to avoid favoring extroverts and early anchoring on what’s said initially. A useful way to make this is ask the language, “How might we…?” Warm-up exercises can substantially help put team members in the right mindset for creativity, especially for those with busy schedules moving between contexts. Resources Mentioned Ideaflow: The Only Business Metric That Matters by Jeremy Utley and Perry Klebahn Jeremy Utley's website Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Be Present, with Dan O’Connor (episode 399) The Way to Nurture New Ideas, with Safi Bahcall (episode 418) How to Build an Invincible Company, with Alex Osterwalder (episode 470) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Donald Miller: How to Grow Your Small Business Donald Miller is The New York Times bestselling author of Building a StoryBrand and Business Made Simple. He has helped thousands of businesses grow with his powerful framework. In 2010, Don started the business he’d always dreamed of. Although his business was doing ok, he quickly realized it wasn’t what he thought it would be. Everything depended on him, and he was drowning in the mundane day-to-day. For years, his business struggled to produce dependable, predictable results. Over years of fits and false starts, Don grew his business from nothing to nearly $20 million. In the end, he realized there were six key parts of a business, and if they were managed well, the business would fly far and fast. He’s captured those lessons in his book How to Grow Your Small Business: A 6-Step Plan to Help Your Business Take Off*. A huge percentage of businesses fail before they have any significant success. One key trigger is failure to market the business effectively. In this conversation Donald and I discuss how to power the marketing engine of your business by using the key elements of the StoryBrand framework. Key Points Most small businesses think more about how their marketing will look rather than what their marketing will say. People are attracted to what helps them survive and thrive…and it helps to communicate those message simply. People buy products and services to solve problems, not because they care that much about the business. The customer is the hero. Never play the hero; always play the guide. People who are insecure talk about themselves. People who are confident talk about others. Talk about yourself only in the context of how it helps the customer. Resources Mentioned How to Grow Your Small Business: A 6-Step Plan to Help Your Business Take Off* by Donald Miller Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Serve Others Through Marketing, with Seth Godin (episode 381) How Leaders Build, with Guy Raz (episode 491) How to Quit Bad Stuff Faster, with Annie Duke (episode 607) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Brian Feroldi: Financial Statements Explained Simply Brian Feroldi is a financial educator, YouTuber, and author. He has been intensely interested in money, personal finance, and investing ever since he graduated from college. His mission statement is to spread financial wellness. He loves to help other people do better with their money, especially their investments. Brian has written more than 3,000 articles on stocks, investing, and personal finance for The Motley Fool. In 2022, Brian’s book Why Does The Stock Market Go Up? was published. The mission of the book is to demystify the stock market. It was written to explain how the market works in plain English. He's also the co-creator of the course, Financial Statements Explained Simply. Most of us are not accountants, but whether you work in a small business, a large corporation, a non-profit, or a government agency, the numbers define what resources that we have. Being able to understand and speak the language of financial statements is essential for leaders who want to influence decisions. In this episode, Brian and I review how to understand and read one of the most important reports for any organization: the income statement. Key Points A few hours of focus on the fundamentals of financial statement can provide you understanding and influence throughout your career. An income statement (also called a profit and loss statement or P&L) shows revenue, expenses, and profit over a period of time. It’s similar to your personal budget. Revenue minus cost of goods sold is gross profit. Subtracting operation expenses from gross profit give you an organization’s operating income or EBIT (earnings before income and taxes). Depreciation spreads out the cost of tangible assets (equipment, vehicles, buildings) their useful lives. Amortization does the same thing for intangible assets (loans, copyrights, patents). The “bottom line” is literally the bottom line at the end, either net income or net loss. Resources Mentioned Brian Feroldi’s newsletter Financial Statements Explained Simply (course) Related Episodes Improve Your Financial Intelligence, with Joe Knight (episode 244) How to Approach Corporate Budgeting, with Jody Wodrich (episode 355) Dumb Things Smart People Do With Money, with Jill Schlesinger (episode 396) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Kwame Christian: American Negotiation Institute Kwame Christian is a best-selling author, business lawyer, and CEO of the American Negotiation Institute. Following the viral success of his TED talk, Kwame released his best-seller Finding Confidence in Conflict: How to Negotiate Anything and Live Your Best Life back in 2018. He’s also a regular Contributor for Forbes and the host of the number one negotiation podcast in the world, Negotiate Anything, which currently has over 5 million downloads worldwide. Under his leadership, the American Negotiation Institute has coached and trained several Fortune 500 companies on applying the fundamentals of negotiation to corporate success. He's also the author of the book How to Have Difficult Conversations About Race and the creator of Negotiable, an Online Community to Learn to Negotiate Anything. We often think about questions as a way to discover more — but have you also considered how your questions might influence? Kwame Christian and I discuss three key steps in order to persuade better through your intentional questions. Key Points Rapport questions help you make a connection with the other party and establish a baseline for how they communicate. A helpful place to begin on rapport is noticing something that you genuinely admire or are curious about in the other party. When gaining information, start broadly and then pull the thread when the other party leads you down a path. Beware that your role/positions can cause people to say more than they otherwise might. “What would it take?” is often a helpful way to illuminate a path forward. Even if you ultimately are more directive, laying the foundation through questions allows the other party to be heard and understand. Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) How to Ask Better Questions, with David Marquet (episode 454) The Way Out of Major Conflict, with Amanda Ripley (episode 529) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Henry Cloud: Trust Henry Cloud is an acclaimed leadership expert, clinical psychologist and a New York Times bestselling author. His 45 books, including the iconic Boundaries, have sold nearly 20 million copies worldwide. He has an extensive executive coaching background and experience as a leadership consultant, devoting the majority of his time working with CEOs, leadership teams, and executives to improve performance, leadership skills, and culture. Henry's work has been featured and reviewed by The New York Times, Wall Street Journal, Boston Globe, Publisher’s Weekly, Los Angeles Times, and many other publications. Success Magazine named him in the top 25 most influential leaders in personal growth and development, alongside Oprah, Brené Brown, Seth Godin and others. He is a frequent contributor to CNN, Fox News Channel, and other national media outlets. Henry is the author of Trust: Knowing When to Give It, When to Withhold It, How to Earn It, and How to Fix It When It Gets Broken*. When someone betrays your trust, what do you do next? In this conversation, Henry and I explore the five factors of trust and the importance of each one of them in our relationships. Then, we look at the starting point for rebuilding trust after a betrayal, beginning with you and your own support network. Key Points Five factors are key for trust: understanding, motive, ability, character, and track record. Repairing trust is not clean or orderly. The first step is about you, not the person who betrayed you. Leaders who have a support network already in place are better able to take a pause and work through emotion and anger. An authentic apology from someone should articulate the event itself, demonstrate their empathy for how the event felt to you, and appreciate the consequences of their actions. Forgiving someone does not mean you trust them. Resources Mentioned Trust: Knowing When to Give It, When to Withhold It, How to Earn It, and How to Fix It When It Gets Broken* by Henry Cloud Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Art of Constructing Apologies, with Sandra Sucher (episode 535) The Path Towards Trusting Relationships, with Edgar Schein and Peter Schein (episode 539) How to Approach a Reorg, with Claire Hughes Johnson (episode 621) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Morra Aarons-Mele: The Anxious Achiever Morra Aarons-Mele is the host of The Anxious Achiever, a top-10 management podcast that helps people rethink the relationship between their mental health and their leadership. Morra founded Women Online and The Mission List, an award-winning digital-consulting firm and influencer marketing company dedicated to social change, in 2010 and sold her business in 2021. She helped Hillary Clinton log on for her first internet chat and has launched digital campaigns for President Obama, Malala Yousafzai, the United Nations, the CDC, and many other leading figures and organizations. She is the author of The Anxious Achiever: Turn Your Biggest Fears into Your Leadership Superpower*. In this conversation, Morra and I discuss some key tactics that help leaders release just a bit of control. Since control is often driven by fear, we can let go of some control by making small shifts in our practices, awareness, and planning. We also explore how to set boundaries that will help us lead in ways that are more helpful to others — and ourselves. Key Points Control is often caused by fear. Optimism can be a bit of an antidote to it. Adopt a practice mindset by making small shifts to endure uncomfortable things. Practice open awareness throughs surrender; the opposite of controlling and micromanaging. Get clear on scheduling, deadlines, longer term career goals. Those provide a healthy illusion of control. Create a distinction between having an emotion and being the emotion. Begin setting boundaries by noticing when you are moving from comfort to discomfort. Resources Mentioned The Anxious Achiever: Turn Your Biggest Fears into Your Leadership Superpower* by Morra Aarons-Mele The Anxious Achiever podcast Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Four Steps to Get Unstuck and Embrace Change, with Susan David (episode 297) Effective Delegation of Authority, with Hassan Osman (episode 413) Align Your Calendar to What Matters, with Nir Eyal (episode 431) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Jill Schlesinger: The Great Money Reset Jill Schlesinger is an Emmy Award winning Business Analyst for CBS News. She appears on CBS radio and television stations nationwide covering the economy, markets, investing and anything else with a dollar sign. Jill is the host of the Jill on Money podcast and of the nationally syndicated radio show, Jill on Money, which won the 2018 and 2021 Gracie Award for Best National Talk Show. Jill is a frequent speaker on a variety of topics, including macroeconomic, market and demographic trends; workplace issues for women and LGBT employees in financial services; and how to create authentic branding. She is the author of The Dumb Things Smart People Do With Their Money and her most recent book, The Great Money Reset: Change Your Work, Change Your Wealth, Change Your Life*. In this conversation, Jill and I examine the decision-making process that many of us use when considering advanced degrees or certifications. We discuss some of the common missteps that people make in educational investments and identity three key steps that can help us do better. Plus, we encourage leaders to get clear on their goals and outcomes and alternative ways to fund major educational investments. Key Points Every situation is different. Examining your situation is more helpful than relying on an assumption that all educational investments are wise. Identify the precise skills, knowledge, or credential you hope to gain by going back to school and how your career with benefit. Remember that the cost of tuition does not always reflect the full cost such as lost salary or time out of the workforce. Explore cheaper options if they still archive your overall objectives. A cheaper degree from a less prestigious university may meet 95% of the outcomes you want. Consider how your employer may support your educational investments. Some companies will consider sponsoring some of your educational expenses if you make a formal request. Resources Mentioned The Great Money Reset: Change Your Work, Change Your Wealth, Change Your Life* by Jill Schlesinger Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Four Rules to Get Control of Your Money, with Jesse Mecham (episode 356) Dumb Things Smart People Do With Money, with Jill Schlesinger (episode 396) The Way Into Better Conversations About Wealth, with Kristin Keffeler (episode 606) Seven Steps to Landing Professional Development Funding (MemberCast) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Jonathan Raymond: Good Authority Jonathan spent 20 years building careers in business development and personal growth before realizing he could have the best of both worlds by starting his own company. Now, he uses those skills to advise CEOs and organizational leaders on how to create a people-first culture that drives results. As the founder of Refound, his goal is to provide clients with a partner they can trust and programs that gives managers an experience of how they can make work a better place, one conversation at a time. He’s the author of the book Good Authority: How to Become the Leader Your Team Is Waiting For*. He's also the creator of the Accountability Dial, used daily by many of our members and listeners to open up more healthy dialogue inside of their teams and organizations. It may seem like you’ve had the same conversation about 17 times, but again you have an employee asking you, “Wait? Is this thing we’re talking about supposed to be part of my job?” You again clarify their role, but you’re also thinking in the back of your mind, “Really? We’re having this conversation again?” In this episode, Jonathan and I discuss four questions to ask of yourself — and your employee — to align them with the role. Key Points Mangers often complain that employees do not have clarity on their roles. Separate the role from the person. Depersonalizing the role actually helps you to have a better alignment conversation. What do you want employees to be owning, thinking about, and worrying about? Those are windows into the Soul of the Role. There are three steps to role alignment: defining the role, aligning the role with the employee, and sustaining the dialogue about the role. Four questions that will help you define a role: What is the purpose of this role? What makes someone successful in this role? What are three priorities for this role in the next 90 days? Where are their decision-making rights? Resources Mentioned Refound Academy: Good Authority, Good Alignment, and Good Accountability courses Good Authority: How to Become the Leader Your Team Is Waiting For* by Jonathan Raymond Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Effective Delegation of Authority, with Hassan Osman (episode 413) How to Balance Care and Accountability When Leading Remotely, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 464) How to Lead and Retain High Performers, with Ruth Gotian (episode 567) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, Dean of Teaching and Learning and Professor of Business and Management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, she was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. Bonni is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide. Listener Questions Susan asked about assessing the difference between an employee who has addressable gaps in their skills and knowledge versus when they are in over their head. Elizabeth asked our advice on managing a team member who appears over-confident in their abilities…and how to hold them accountable. Steve wondered how we handle household tasks between the two of us in the midst of our busy schedules. Resources Mentioned Analyzing Performance Problems* by Robert Mager and Peter Pipe The Alignment Problem by Brian Christian Wonder Tools by Jeremy Kaplan The Home Edit by Clea Shearer and Joanna Teplin Related Episodes The Way to Stop Rescuing People From Their Problems, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 284) How to Challenge Directly and Care Personally, with Kim Scott (episode 302) Five Steps to Hold People Accountable, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 306) Finding Joy Through Intentional Choices, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 417) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Claire Hughes Johnson: Scaling People Claire Hughes Johnson is a corporate officer and advisor for Stripe, a global technology company that builds economic infrastructure for the internet. She previously served as Stripe’s Chief Operating Officer, helping the company grow from fewer than 200 employees to more than 8,000. Prior to Stripe, Claire spent 10 years at Google leading various business teams, including overseeing aspects of Gmail, Google Apps, and consumer operations. She is a board member at Hallmark Cards, The Atlantic, Ameresco, and HubSpot. Claire also serves as a trustee and the current board president of Milton Academy. She is the author of Scaling People: Tactics for Management and Company Building*. You are charged with leading a reorg, but do you know the mindset, actions, and steps to take? In this conversation, Claire and I explore some of the key lessons she’s discovered as an executive leader in a quickly growing enterprise. We discuss the key triggers for a reorg, the three phases of reorganization, and common pitfalls leaders should avoid. Key Points Reorganizations or restructurings and often seen as a sign of a problem, but that's not always the case. Why reorganize? Two triggers: (1) your team structure doesn't match your strategy and/or (2) you have a talent issue. While there are times to go slower, the bias should be to move with haste. Don't leave ice cream on the counter for too long. Be very cautious about creating structure around a single individual. Three phases of a reorg: Phase 0: Decide whether you need a reorg and determine your new structure. Phase 1: Get buy-in from the key people who need to be involved. Phase 2: Create a communications plan and inform all of those affected. Resources Mentioned Scaling People: Tactics for Management and Company Building* by Claire Hughes Johnson Transitions* by William Bridges Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Manage Former Peers, with Tom Henschel (episode 257) Three Steps to Great Career Conversations, with Russ Laraway (episode 370) How to Solve the Toughest Problems, with Wendy Smith (episode 612) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Sally Helgesen: Rising Together Sally Helgesen has been cited by Forbes as the world’s premier expert on women’s leadership. She is a best-selling author, speaker and leadership coach. She has been named by Thinkers50 as one of the world’s top 20 coaches and ranked number 6 among the world’s thought leaders by Global Gurus. She is the author of several books, including The Female Advantage: Women’s Ways of Leadership and The Female Vision: Women’s Real Power at Work. Her book The Web of Inclusion: A New Architecture for Building Great Organizations, was cited in The Wall Street Journal as one of the best books on leadership of all time and is credited with bringing the language of inclusion into business. She co-authored How Women Rise, with executive coach Marshall Goldsmith, examining the behaviors most likely to get in the way of successful women. Her newest book is Rising Together: How We Can Bridge Divides and Create a More Inclusive Workplace*. When we get triggered, our default response tends to be either venting about it to others or suffering in silence. In this conversation, Sally and I explore how to respond in a more useful way. She invites us to consider being less invested in our initial response, creating an alternative script, and finding a path forward to influence different behavior. Key Points When we get triggered, our tendency is to either vent about it or suffer in silence. Being overly invested in our first response limits our ability to respond better. This is the authenticity trap. Create an alternative, positive script that helps your own mental well-being and precipitates a more helpful action. Whether the alternative script is true or not isn’t the point. The aim is to find the line between not humiliating the other party and also not letting a poor behavior be unaddressed. Wisdom from Sun Tzu: indirection or redirection to disarm an opponent is preferable to the direct engagement of combat. Resources Mentioned Rising Together: How We Can Bridge Divides and Create a More Inclusive Workplace by Sally Helgesen Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way Out of Major Conflict, with Amanda Ripley (episode 529) End Imposter Syndrome in Your Organization, with Jodi-Ann Burey (episode 556) How to Create Inclusive Hiring Practices, with Ruchika Tulshyan (episode 589) How to Respond Better When Challenged, with Dolly Chugh (episode 615) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Kathy Fiddler: TidalHealth Kathy Fiddler is the Vice President of Population Health for TidalHealth, a non-profit two hospital health care system on the Eastern Shore of Maryland. She has been instrumental in building community programs supporting improved access to healthcare services on the lower shore. Kathy is a registered nurse and a retired Major in the United States Air Force Reserve. She served for 26 years in the US and abroad and supported Operation Restore Hope, Operation Desert Storm, and Operation Enduring Freedom. She is also a lifetime member of the Reserve Officers Association and a board member for the United Way of the Lower Eastern Shore. In 2019, she was recognized as one of the Top 100 Women in Maryland. She's also an alum of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. In this conversation, Kathy and I discuss her career growth over time from mostly clinical and operational work to leading at the executive level. We explore how being intentional about surrounding oneself with a diverse set of voices helps to both build confidence and surface better outcomes. Finally, we look at how working through discomfort in service of others can help us to make the world better through our work. Key Points The work of a leader is very different than the operational and technical work most of us did earlier in our careers. Having a smaller meeting before a larger meeting can help a more introverted leader engage in the way they want. We sometimes sell ourselves short by concluding we won’t add value. By leaning into that discomfort, we find it’s often the case that others struggle with similar fears. Shifting from having the right answers to asking the right questions will help a leader to uncover what may have been unsaid that’s critical. Finding communities of other leaders helps you to find the diversity of perspective to support you building your own confidence. Related Episodes Create Margin Through Intentional Leadership, with Amy McPherson (episode 429) Personal Leadership is a Journey, with Michal Holliday (episode 436) Lead Best by Being You, with Elena Kornoff (episode 474) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Adi Ignatius: Harvard Business Review Adi Ignatius is Editor in Chief of the Harvard Business Review Group, where he oversees the editorial activities of Harvard Business Review, hbr.org, and HBR’s book-publishing unit. Prior to joining Harvard Business Review in 2009, he was the No. 2 editor at TIME. He is the editor of two books: President Obama: The Path to the White House and Prisoner of the State: The Secret Diaries of Premier Zhao Ziyang. Both made The New York Times Bestseller List. Adi lived and worked for nearly 20 years overseas. He was Editor of Time’s Asian edition and earlier served as Beijing Bureau Chief and Moscow Bureau Chief for The Wall Street Journal. He is also host of the HBR Channel. It is the 100th anniversary of Harvard Business Review. Should leaders and organizations take a stand on current events, politics, or causes? Adi and I discuss this tough question in detail. While the answer will be different for every leader, we invite you to begin thinking about how you might approach this in your work. Key Points The traditional advice of “Don’t talk about politics and religion” is still the norm in some places, but increasingly leaders and being more vocal. Silence used to be the default. Silence now many send a message that leaders and organizations don't intend to convey. While every leader needs to decide how they will navigate this, beware your feelings of certainty. Resources Mentioned Harvard Business Review Related Episodes Start With Why, with Simon Sinek (episode 223) Handling a Difficult Stakeholder, with Nick Timiraos (episode 581) How to Begin Difficult Conversations About Race, with Kwame Christian (episode 594) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Carol Kauffman: Real-Time Leadership Carol Kauffman is an international leader in the field of coaching and has more than 40,000 hours of practice. Her clients are C-level leaders and their teams or elite athletes and creatives. She was shortlisted by Thinkers 50 as one of the top eight coaches around the globe for her thought leadership, entrepreneurial spirit, and contribution to coaching best practices. She is a founding member of the Marshall Goldsmith 100 Coaches and ranked the number one leadership coach in the world. She founded the Institute of Coaching with a $2 million gift from the Harnisch Foundation. Carol is an assistant professor at Harvard Medical School, a visiting professor at Henley Business School, and a senior leadership adviser at Egon Zehnder. At Harvard she launched the annual Coaching in Leadership and Healthcare Conference, one of the school's most highly attended events. Her professional development program, Leader as Coach, won Harvard’s inaugural Program Award for Culture of Excellence in Mentoring and has been rolled out throughout the United States. She was also the founding editor-in-chief of Coaching: An International Journal of Theory, Research, and Practice. Carol is co-author with David Noble of Real-Time Leadership: Find Your Winning Moves When the Stakes are High*. In this conversation, Carol and I explore the mindsets and tactics that are helpful when taking on a new, big leadership role. We discuss how vision, resolution, scope, and altitude play a key role in your success early on. Plus, we invite listeners to consider the importance of peer relationships and recognizing how others see you as your role begins. Key Points Having the right altitude often means looking much more broadly at the organization and moving past a subconscious bias towards your old role or department. The “subject matter expert trap” is a common one. Your awareness will help you avoid it — or recognize it faster. Good peer relationships are one of the strongest predicators of success in a new role. Make time to build these critical connections. Learning to accept recognition is a key competency for an executive leader. Treat it as you would receiving any kind of gift. Have an enterprise mindset and remember that people perceive you as representing the organization vs. just yourself. Thinking like the entity can help you show up in the way you intend. Resources Mentioned Real-Time Leadership: Find Your Winning Moves When the Stakes are High* by Carol Kauffman and David Noble Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Manage Former Peers, with Tom Henschel (episode 257) How to Nail a Job Transition, with Sukhinder Singh Cassidy (episode 555) How to Genuinely Show Up for Others, with Marshall Goldsmith (episode 590) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Joe Hart: Take Command Joe Hart began his career as a practicing attorney. After taking a Dale Carnegie Course, Joe reassessed his career path and future, ultimately leaving the practice of law, going to work for a top real estate company, and then founding an innovative e-learning company and serving as president of health and wellness company. In 2015, Joe was named president and CEO of Dale Carnegie. The CEO Forum Group named Joe as one of twelve transformative leaders, giving him the Transformative CEO Leadership Award in the category of the People. He is the host of a top global podcast, Take Command: A Dale Carnegie Podcast, and he speaks around the world on topics such as leadership, resilience, and innovation. He is the author with Michael Crom of Take Command: Find Your Inner Strength, Build Enduring Relationships, and Live the Life You Want*. In this conversation, Joe and I explore how to discover another person’s values through meaningful conversation. We examine three types of questions to ask that gradually illuminate what’s important to another person. By knowing what to ask and what to listen for, we can uncover values without asking a more awkward question like, “What are your values?” Key Points Dale Carnegie invited us to, “Try honestly to see things from the other person’s point of view.” Use three types of questions to frame a conversation that uncovers another person’s values: Examples of factual questions: How did you first find out about…? What keeps you busy during the week? What do you like to do for fun? What hobby or activity holds your interest? Examples of causative questions: What got you interesting in doing this kind of work? How did you get involved in that hobby? What do you like about…? What caused you to enter into this industry? Examples of values-based questions: Tell me about someone who’s had a major impact on your life. If you had to do it over again, what — if anything — would you do differently? Tell me about a turning point in your career. Tell about about something that you look back on as a high point or moment of pride. How did you get through a major challenge in the past? How would you describe your personal philosophy in a sentence or two? Resources Mentioned Take Command: Find Your Inner Strength, Build Enduring Relationships, and Live the Life You Want* by Joe Hart and Michael Crom Related Episodes Three Steps to Great Career Conversations, with Russ Laraway (episode 370) Discover Who You Are, with Hortense le Gentil (episode 459) How to Genuinely Show Up for Others, with Marshall Goldsmith (episode 590) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic. To accelerate your learning, uncover more inside Coaching for Leaders Plus.

Dolly Chugh: A More Just Future Dolly Chugh is a social psychologist and management professor at the New York University Stern School of Business where she teaches MBA courses in leadership and management. She was one of six professors chosen from thousands at NYU to receive the Distinguished Teaching Award in 2020 and one of five to receive the Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Faculty Award in 2013. She has been named an SPSP Fellow, received the Academy of Management Best Paper award, and been named one of the top 100 Most Influential People in Business Ethics by Ethisphere Magazine. Her first book, The Person You Mean to Be has received rave praise from Adam Grant, Angela Duckworth, Liz Wiseman, Billie Jean King, and many others. She is the author of A More Just Future: Psychological Tools for Reckoning with our Past and Driving Social Change. All of us know that we will be challenged by others. Sometimes how we see ourselves limits what we could do to change our behavior. In this conversation, Dolly and I discuss how we can do better and the mindset and actions that will help us move forward. Key Points There’s no such thing as bad weather, only unsuitable clothing. Nostalgia feels good to many of us, but can get in the way of us seeing the “ands” in situations and experiences. When we are challenged, especially in the context of identity, our tendency is either to deny, distance, or dismantle. Feeling of guilt and shame are indicators that there is an opportunity to change. The goal is not to avoid them, but to use them as a starting point for different behavior. Use values affirmations to give you a booster shot to prepare for the inevitable challenges ahead. These affirmations will help you respond in a more healthy way for everyone. Resources Mentioned Dear Good People newsletter by Dolly Chugh TED talk: How to let go of being a "good" person -- and become a better person by Dolly Chugh The Person You Mean to Be* by Dolly Chugh A More Just Future* by Dolly Chugh Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way Managers Can be Champions for Justice, with Minda Harts (episode 552) How to Help People Engage in Growth, with Whitney Johnson (episode 576) How to Solve the Toughest Problems, with Wendy Smith (episode 612) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Daphne E. Jones: Win When They Say You Won't Daphne E. Jones has 30 years of experience in general management and executive level roles at IBM, Johnson & Johnson, Hospira, and General Electric but began her career as a secretary. At GE, she served as Senior Vice President for Future of Work, Senior Vice President & Chief Information Officer for Product Engineering, Imaging, and Ultrasound, and as Senior Executive & Chief Information Officer for Global Services, all of which composed a $13 billion segment of GE Healthcare. She serves on the board of directors for AMN Healthcare, Inc., Barnes Group Inc., and Masonite International Corp. She is the recipient of numerous domestic and international awards and recently started a company that teaches leaders how to prepare to serve on boards. She is the author of Win When They Say You Won't: Break Through Barriers and Keep Leveling Up Your Success*. In this conversation, Daphne invites us to look at ourselves through the lens of a product, just as others will view us. We discuss the three critical elements of how stakeholders view you. Plus, Daphne and I explore the steps you can take to improve how you’re perceived through the different lenses that stakeholders see us through. Key Points Stakeholders are crucial for your success and it’s helpful for you to view yourself in their eyes (and yours) as a product. Three elements are key: performance is doing your job well, image is how people describe you, and exposure is who knows you. When you get radio silence in the context of happenings inside of your organization, that’s an indicator you are underexposed. Caution: you can also be overexposed. Map your stakeholders in the context of their influence in your work and their interest in how it support their own objectives. Mentors will make suggestions of things you should try. Find the part that will work for you and move on the advice. Resources Mentioned Win When They Say You Won't: Break Through Barriers and Keep Leveling Up Your Success* by Daphne E. Jones To receive a free workbook, send receipt of your book purchase to daphne@daphneejones.com Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Deal with Opponents and Adversaries, with Peter Block (episode 328) What You Gain By Sponsoring People, with Julia Taylor Kennedy (episode 398) How to Support Women of Color, with Minda Harts (episode 506) The Art of Mentoring Well, with Robert Lefkowitz (episode 599) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Jennifer Garvey Berger: Unleashing Your Complexity Genius Jennifer believes that leadership is one of the most vital renewable resources in the world. She designs and teaches leadership programs, coaches senior teams, and supports new ways of thinking about strategy and people. In her three highly acclaimed books, Unlocking Leadership Mindtraps, Simple Habits for Complex Times (co-authored with Keith Johnston), and Changing on the Job, she builds on deep theoretical knowledge to offer practical ways to make leaders’ work more meaningful and their lives more fun. She has worked with senior leaders in the private, non-profit, and government sectors around the world with organizations like Novartis, Google, KPMG, Intel, Microsoft, Wikimedia, and the New Zealand Department of Conservation. Jennifer also supports executives one-on-one as a leadership coach. Over the last decade, she has developed the Growth Edge Coaching approach. She supports clients to find their current growing edge and then make choices about how they want to develop. She teaches coaches around the world transformational and developmental coaching approaches in her Growth Edge Coaching certification series. Jennifer speaks at leadership and coaching conferences, and she offers courses for coaches at universities all over the world. She is the co-author with Carolyn Coughlin of Unleash Your Complexity Genius: Growing Your Inner Capacity to Lead*. In this conversation, Jennifer and I discuss the reality that most of us don’t like uncertainty. That makes experimenting with new ideas and actions in complex environments very challenging. We uncover several practices that can help us benefit from experimentation in the midst of complexity and grow from these experiences. Key Points Complicated situations are hard, but have a clear answer (such as how to send humans to the moon). In contract, complex situations are dynamic; yesterday’s answer may not work tomorrow. Most of us really dislike complexity, to the extent that that people with terminal diseases are happier than those who will likely recover. Step-by-step approaches don’t work in very complex situations. Instead, take action through thoughtful experimentation. When experimenting, release your attachment to outcomes. Lean into humility and don’t shy away from endings. Putting end dates on experiments helps us move forward — and sometimes remove what isn’t working. Resources Mentioned Unleash Your Complexity Genius: Growing Your Inner Capacity to Lead* by Jennifer Garvey Berger and Carolyn Coughlin Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Essentials of Adult Development, with Mindy Danna (episode 273) How to Pivot Quickly, with Steve Blank (episode 476) Help Your Brain Learn, with Lisa Feldman Barrett (episode 513) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Wendy Smith: Both/And Thinking Wendy Smith is the Dana J. Johnson Professor of Management and faculty director of the Women’s Leadership Initiative at the Lerner College of Business and Economics, University of Delaware. She earned her PhD in organizational behavior at Harvard Business School, where she began her intensive research on strategic paradoxes—how leaders and senior teams effectively respond to contradictory, yet interdependent demands. She has received the Web of Science Highly Cited Research Award for being among the 1 percent most-cited researchers in her field and received the Decade Award from the Academy of Management Review for the most cited paper in the past 10 years. Her work has been published in such journals as Academy of Management Journal, Administrative Science Quarterly, Harvard Business Review, Organization Science, and Management Science. She has taught at the University of Delaware, Harvard, and Wharton while helping senior leaders and middle managers all over the world address issues of interpersonal dynamics, team performance, organizational change, and innovation. She is the author with Marianne Lewis of Both/And Thinking: Embracing Creative Tensions to Solve Your Toughest Problems. In this episode, Wendy and I discuss the dangers of either/or thinking and how that tendency limits our effectiveness. We explore how to shift to both/and thinking in order to resolve the most challenging problems. Plus, we share key tactics that will help us do this in more practical ways. Key Points Framing a decision as an either/or will often minimize short-term anxiety, but limits creative and innovative long-term possibilities. While easy to see both/and opportunities for others, we’re likely to approach things as either/or when it’s ourselves. An outside perspective from someone who’s not emotionally connected is helpful. Changing the question we are asking is the most powerful to navigate paradoxes. Moving up a level when facing tough decisions can help us see the big picture. Consider shifting from “making a choice” to “choosing” in order to lead us towards better outcomes. Resources Mentioned Both/And Thinking: Embracing Creative Tensions to Solve Your Toughest Problems* by Wendy Smith and Marianne Lewis Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Ask Better Questions, with David Marquet (episode 454) How to Win the Long Game When the Short-Term Seems Bleak, with Dorie Clark (episode 550) The Leadership Struggles We See, with Muriel Wilkins (episode 559) How to Quit Bad Stuff Faster, with Annie Duke (episode 607) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Jorge Alzate Jorge Alzate is a senior R&D manager at PepsiCo, an active leader in Toastmasters, and an alum of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. In this conversation, Jorge and I discuss what brought him to the podcast, how he utilized the Academy to help his career move forward, and the critical nature of courage for leadership growth. Key Points One action a day (the blue marbles for Jorge) is the way to create a new habit that can develops into a skill. Accountability is key to move us forward, even if it does not feel comfortable in the moment. Courage is the ability to act in spite of fear — and almost always necessary before confidence. Resources Mentioned Feel the Fear...and Do It Anyway* by Susan Jeffers Winning Conditions: How to Achieve the Professional Success You Deserve by Managing the Details That Matter* by Christine Hofbeck Related Episodes Leadership Through Consistency, with Joseph Getuno (episode 490) How to Build Confidence, with Katy Milkman (episode 533) How to Protect Your Confidence, with Nate Zinsser (episode 573) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Patrick Lencioni: The 6 Types of Working Genius Patrick Lencioni is founder and president of The Table Group, a firm dedicated to protecting human dignity in the world of work, personal development, and faith. Pat’s passion for organizations and teams is reflected in his writing, speaking, executive consulting, and most recently his three podcasts, At the Table with Patrick Lencioni, The Working Genius Podcast, and The Simple Reminder. Pat is the author of twelve best-selling books with over seven million copies sold. After twenty years in print, his classic book The Five Dysfunctions of a Team remains a weekly fixture on national best-seller lists. He has been featured in numerous publications, including the Wall Street Journal, Harvard Business Review, USA Today, Inc. magazine, and Chief Executive magazine. He is the author of The 6 Types of Working Genius: A Better Way to Understand Your Gifts, Your Frustrations, and Your Team. Many of us have heard the invitation from Jim Collin’s book Good to Great to get the right people on the bus. But once the right people are on the bus, how to do you find the right seat for each person? On this episode, Pat and I discuss how to utilize the Working Genius model to find the right work for the right team members. Key Points When addressing burnout, the type of work someone does is more significant than the volume of work. Three stages of work are present for almost every team: ideation, activation, and implementation. A cup of coffee in an excellent thermos can stay hot an entire day — that’s true of us when we’re aligned with our working geniuses. Finding the right work for a team member is far easier than finding the right person culturally. Before you look elsewhere, be sure they are in the right seat. To fill gaps in your team’s geniuses, you can hire, borrow, or find people where competence will suffice for now. Resist the temptation to immediately jump to hiring. Resources Mentioned The 6 Types of Working Genius assessment The 6 Types of Working Genius: A Better Way to Understand Your Gifts, Your Frustrations, and Your Team by Patrick Lencioni Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Get the Ideal Team Player, with Patrick Lencioni (episode 301) How to Lead an Offsite, with Tom Henschel (episode 377) The Mindset Leaders Need to Address Burnout, with Christina Maslach (episode 609) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Ram Charan: Leading Through Inflation Ram Charan is a bestselling author, teacher, and world-renowned advisor to CEOs and other business leaders of some of the world’s best-known companies. His work is often behind the scenes and focused on highly sensitive and fate-making issues. Fortune magazine published a profile of Ram in which it called him “the most influential consultant alive.” His book Execution, lauded for its practicality, spent more than 150 weeks on the New York Times bestseller list. Ram’s energetic, interactive teaching style has won him several awards, including from GE’s famous Crotonville Institute and Northwestern. Ram was elected a Distinguished Fellow of the National Academy of Human Resources and was named one of the most influential people in corporate governance and the board room by Directorship magazine. He has served on the Blue Ribbon Commission on Corporate Governance and serves or has served on a dozen boards in the U.S., Brazil, China, India, Canada, and Dubai. He is the author with Geri Willigan of Leading Through Inflation: And Recession And Stagflation. In this conversation, Ram and I explore the changing macroeconomic environment and what leaders can do to address it. We discuss the importance of managing cash well and how pricing decisions can be made effectively. Plus, we discuss the critical nature of partnerships throughout the supply chain — and where the opportunities may be in the midst of challenge. Key Points Inflation consumes cash. Cash management is the number one risk to an organization during this time. The way to get ahead of the curve is to be predictive vs. reactive. This may be a time the existing business model needs to change. Inflation creates an illusion of growth. It’s important to adjust for this in all reporting and planning. Work with all sides of the value chain. Help customers deal with rising costs while also working closely with suppliers. Regular communication is essential. Smaller, regular price adjustments are better than less frequent, larger increases. Resist the temptation to offer less for the same price. Resources Mentioned Leading Through Inflation: And Recession And Stagflation* by Ram Charan and Geri Willigan. Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Improve Your Financial Intelligence, with Joe Knight (episode 244) How to Approach Corporate Budgeting, with Jody Wodrich (episode 355) How to Multiply Your Impact, with Liz Wiseman (episode 554) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Christina Maslach: The Burnout Challenge Christina Maslach is the pioneer of research on job burnout, producing the standard assessment tool called the Maslach Burnout Inventory, award-winning articles, and several books, beginning with Burnout: The Cost of Caring, in 1982. Her research achievements over the past five decades have led to multiple awards from the National Academy of Sciences, Western Psychological Association, Society for Personality and Social Psychology, and many others. Christina has received awards for her outstanding teaching, including USA Professor of the Year in 1997. She has been a Professor of Psychology at the University of California, Berkeley since 1971. Christina is now a core researcher at the Healthy Workplaces Center, at Berkeley, and the author along with Michael Leiter of The Burnout Challenge: Managing People's Relationships With Their Jobs*. In this conversation, Christina and I address the reality that burnout is often perceived as an issue with just the individual. We explore how leaders can begin to look at the larger picture: context, culture, and management, in order to address burnout more proactively. We discuss key mindsets that will help and a few tactics that almost every leader can use to get started. Key Points The canary in the coal mine is an indicator of a problem, not the source of it. Our tendency is to focus on the person (the figure) and to miss all the context and environment factors (the ground). Burnout is first and foremost a management issue. “Fixing” the person should not be the focus — instead, get curious about where there is a mismatch. Instead of focusing on what’s wrong with the person, shift to what may be wrong in the relationship between the person and situation. Ensure you have a plan for communicated survey results. If you’d done surveys previously, share those results and also the actions the organization had taken before engaging in more surveys. Resources Mentioned The Burnout Challenge: Managing People's Relationships With Their Jobs* by Christina Maslach and Michael Leiter Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Gallup Findings on the Changing Nature of Work, with Jim Harter (episode 409) How to Reduce Burnout, with Jennifer Moss (episode 561) How to Compare Yourself to Others, with Mollie West Duffy (episode 582) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Annie Duke: Quit Annie Duke is an author, corporate speaker, and consultant in the decision-making space, as well as Special Partner focused on Decision Science at First Round Capital Partners, a seed stage venture fund. Her previous book, Thinking in Bets, is a national bestseller. As a former professional poker player, she has won more than $4 million in tournament poker. During her career, Annie won a World Series of Poker bracelet and is the only woman to have won the World Series of Poker Tournament of Champions and the NBC National Poker Heads-Up Championship. She retired from the game in 2012. Prior to becoming a professional poker player, she was awarded a National Science Foundation Fellowship to study Cognitive Psychology at the University of Pennsylvania. Annie is the co-founder of The Alliance for Decision Education, a non-profit whose mission is to improve lives by empowering students through decision skills education. She is a member of the National Board of After-School All-Stars and the Board of Directors of the Franklin Institute. She also serves on the board of the Renew Democracy Initiative. Annie is the author of Quit: The Power of Knowing When to Walk Away*. We’ve all heard the lie that, “Winners never quit and quitters never win.” In reality, one of the best practices to develop is how to recognize more quickly when you should quit something that’s not working. In this conversation, Annie and I discuss how to set kill criteria for yourself and frame goals in more helpful ways to know when quitting is the best answer. Key Points Kenny Rogers was right; professional poker players know that a big part of success is quitting approximately 75% of the time. “Quit while you’re ahead” is often poor advice since we tend to quit too early when good things are happening. On the contrary, we tend to quit too late when we’ve accumulated sunk cost. Determine kill criteria in advance when you’re not as likely to be swayed by the emotions of the moment. The best criteria contain both a state and a date. Find someone who loves you but doesn’t care about your feelings. Trust and permission are essential to open up these kinds of conversations. Effective goals include at least one “unless…” Resources Mentioned Quit: The Power of Knowing When to Walk Away* by Annie Duke Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Pivot Quickly, with Steve Blank (episode 476) The Way to Make Better Decisions, with Annie Duke (episode 499) How to Build Confidence, with Katy Milkman (episode 533) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Kristin Keffeler: The Myth of the Silver Spoon Kristin Keffeler is a thought leader and consultant at the forefront of a global shift in family wealth advising, known as Wealth 3.0. She guides affluent and enterprising families, the rising generation, and the professionals who support them in embracing the positive power of wealth, aligning their vision with their impact. As the founder of Illumination360, she specializes in human motivation and behavioral change, family dynamics, family governance, rising generation education and development, and intergenerational collaboration. She is the Dean of Positive Psychology for the Purposeful Planning Institute, sits on the Board of Advisors for the Bailey Program for Family Enterprise at the University of Denver, is a faculty member with the Ultra-High Net Worth Institute, a certified trainer with 21/64, a national nonprofit for advancing multigenerational philanthropy, and is the co-founder of Beneficiary Bootcamp. She is the author of The Myth of the Silver Spoon: Navigating Family Wealth & Creating an Impactful Life*. In this conversation, Kristin and I discuss a reality that’s true for almost every leader: whether we have wealth ourselves, almost all of us interact with wealthy people. We explore some of the myths of wealth to understand the psychological challenges that wealth often brings. Plus, we learn from what works (and doesn’t) for wealthy families so that we can have better conversations about wealth in our own families. Key Points While wealth brings resources, it also brings psychological challenges for many people with wealth. More money doesn't equal happiness. Small inheritances can increase happiness, but large ones do not. Many people with wealth find close relationships a bit of a struggle. While our perception may be that the most wealthy are selfish and greedy, more often individuals (especially next generations) tend to under-identify with family wealth. Ground decisions in values that align with a vision of thriving. There’s a huge difference in the next generation having a little bit of ownership in a financial event vs. not having any ownership. Resources Mentioned The Myth of the Silver Spoon: Navigating Family Wealth & Creating an Impactful Life* by Kristin Keffeler Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Reduce Drama With Kids, with Tina Payne Bryson (episode 310) Dumb Things Smart People Do With Money, with Jill Schlesinger (episode 396) The Way to Build Wealth, with Chris Hogan (episode 502) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Ian Morgan Cron: The Road Back to You Ian Morgan Cron is a bestselling author, speaker, trained psychotherapist, songwriter, and Episcopal priest, but he may be best known for popularizing the Enneagram. The Enneagram is a personality typing system identifying nine types of people and how they relate to one another and the world. His popular Enneagram book, The Road Back to You* gave fresh language and interest in this assessment. Ian enjoys sharing about the Enneagram with audiences of all sizes because of its power for igniting personal growth, and how it can enrich our personal and professional lives. His newest book The Story of You* helps people go a step further, using Enneagram wisdom to uncover and rewrite our own false narratives so we can live life more fully. In this conversation, Ian and I look at the core aspects of the Enneagram model and how it can help us understand ourselves better so we can also support others more effectively. We highlight the nine Enneagram types and their key traits and distinctions. Then, we discuss how the first steps leaders might take in order to start raising their own self-awareness. Key Points Too often we believe that how we see the world is “normal” instead of recognizing that there are many normal ways to see the world. Personality is like the rooms of our home. We have a favorite room but we still use all the other rooms when its appropriate. The 9 Enneagram Types The Perfectionist - Ethical, dedicated and reliable, they are motivated by a desire to live the right way, improve the world, and avoid fault and blame. The Helper - Warm, caring and giving, they are motivated by a need to be loved and needed, and to avoid acknowledging their own needs. The Performer (or Achiever) - Success-oriented, image-conscious and wired for productivity, they are motivated by a need to be (or appear to be) successful and to avoid failure. The Romantic (or Individualist) - Creative, sensitive and moody, they are motivated by a need to be understood, experience their oversized feelings and avoid being ordinary. The Investigator - Analytical, detached and private, they are motivated by a need to gain knowledge, conserve energy and avoid relying on others. The Loyalist - Committed, practical and witty, they are worst-case-scenario thinkers who are motivated by fear and the need for security. The Enthusiast - Fun, spontaneous and adventurous, they are motivated by a need to be happy, to plan stimulating experiences and to avoid pain. The Challenger - Commanding, intense and confrontational, they are motivated by a need to be strong and avoid feeling weak or vulnerable. The Peacemaker - Pleasant, laid back and accommodating, they are motivated by a need to keep the peace, merge with others and avoid conflict. Resources Mentioned The Road Back to You: An Enneagram Journey to Self-Discovery* by Ian Morgan Cron and Suzanne Stabile The Story of You: An Enneagram Journey to Becoming Your True Self* by Ian Morgan Cron Take the Integrative Enneagram iEQ9 Typology Institute Enneagram courses Related Episodes Enhance Your Self-Awareness, with Daniel Goleman (episode 353) The Way to Be More Self-Aware, with Tasha Eurich (episode 442) Discover Who You Are, with Hortense le Gentil (episode 459) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Gustavo Razzetti: Remote Not Distant Gustavo Razzetti is the CEO and founder of Fearless Culture, a culture design consultancy that helps teams do the best work of their lives. For more than 20 years, he has helped leaders from Fortune 500s, startups, nonprofits, and everything in between. He is also the creator of the Culture Design Canvas, a framework used by thousands of teams and organizations across the world to map, assess, and design their culture. In addition to his consulting work, Gustavo regularly speaks with leaders and teams about culture change, teamwork, and hybrid workplaces. He is the author of four books on culture change. His most recent book is Remote Not Distant: Design a Company Culture That Will Help You Thrive in a Hybrid Workplace*. In this conversation, Gustavo and I explore the critical nature of trust for building belonging on hybrid and remote teams. We examine the principles of psychological safety and how this matters just as much in digital collaboration. Perhaps most importantly, we look at several tactics to open up trust that will help us pave the ways towards team belonging. Key Points Hybrid work environments have the potential to be the best of both words, but in some places it is now worse. Trust is between individuals. Psychological safety is about how safe we feel with a team. It’s helpful to think of building psychological safety like climbing a ladder. Ironically, the higher you go on the ladder, the safer you feel taking risks. Welcoming questions such as “What's your superpower?” and “What's your kryptonite?” can be useful starting points for building trust. Metaphors are often a powerful way to entire into more complex, emotional discussion without feeling unsafe. Resources Mentioned Remote Not Distant: Design a Company Culture That Will Help You Thrive in a Hybrid Workplace* by Gustavo Razzetti Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Create Team Guidelines, with Susan Gerke (episode 192) How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) How to Engage Remote Teams, with Tsedal Neeley (episode 537) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Lynn Perry Wooten: The Prepared Leader Lynn Perry Wooten is a seasoned academic and an expert on organizational development and transformation. She became the ninth president of Simmons University on July 1, 2020 and is the first African American to lead the university. Her research specializes in crisis leadership, diversity and inclusion, and positive leadership—organizational behavior that reveals and nurtures the highest level of human potential. Lynn has also had a robust clinical practice, providing leadership development, education, and training for a wide variety of companies and institutions, from the Kellogg Foundation to Harvard University’s Kennedy School, and to Google. She is the coauthor of Arrive and Thrive: 7 Impactful Practices for Women Navigating Leadership and the coeditor of Positive Organizing in a Global Society: Understanding and Engaging Differences for Capacity Building and Inclusion. She is also the author with Erika James of The Prepared Leader: Emerge from Any Crisis More Resilient Than Before*. In this conversation, Lynn and I discuss why crises are not isolated events, even through they are often treated that way. We explore the critical nature of trust and how to build it quickly in crisis. We then detail three key areas of trust that will help leaders begin to support a team shift towards better outcomes. Key Points Crises are not single events. They happen again and again, necessitating leaders preparation for them. In normal times, trust is key. In a time of crisis, it’s essential. Regular communication is essential in a crisis. Avoid the tendency to downplay risks. In fact, it’s useful to paint a picture of the worst case scenario. Leaders need to determine is there is a strong sense of a contractual obligation between them and their teams. It’s critical for leaders to assess the competence of their team to be able to respond to the crisis at hand. Frequent, high performance meetings are essential during a time of crisis. Resources Mentioned The Prepared Leader: Emerge from Any Crisis More Resilient Than Before* by Lynn Perry Wooten and Erika James Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Lead in Crisis, with Carol Taylor (episode 55) How to be Diplomatic, with Susan Rice (episode 456) The Way Out of Major Conflict, with Amanda Ripley (episode 529) The Starting Point for Inclusive Leadership, with Susan MacKenty Brady (episode 584) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Gemma Aguiar: Design Like Whoa Gemma Aguiar is the CEO of Design Like Whoa. Her firm helps brands like Sephora, Meta, the Golden State Warriors, and Spotify amplify their brand and strengthen their culture through sustainably focused apparel, accessories, and gifts. Her team serves clients by curating meaningful, high-quality products through partnership with local, minority-owned, sustainable, and mission-driven businesses. She's also an alum of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. In this episode, Gemma and I discuss the transition she made of doing it all herself early on in the business to now empowering a large team. We detail how she made this change tactically through calendar blocking, regular delegation, and intentional outcomes. Plus, we explore how asking for help is a critical muscle for all leaders to develop. Key Points Gemma didn’t see the growth potential in her traditional role, so she started her own, sustainable business. Being able to do lots of things well can be a trap for leaders. Shifting to delegate effectively is key. Getting clear on how time is used through planning and calendar blocking is essential. The responsibility of leadership changes over time. It’s key to be able to learn and adapt as the organization demands a different skillset. Asking for help is a critical competency for leaders. Getting better at this opens tons of doors. Resources Mentioned Design Like Whoa hello@designlikewhoa.com Related Episodes These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) Five Steps to Hold People Accountable, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 306) The Way to Capture the Power of Moments, with Chip Heath (episode 329) Align Your Calendar to What Matters, with Nir Eyal (episode 431) How to Define a Role, with Pat Griffin (episode 517) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Jon Clifton: Blind Spot Jon Clifton is the CEO of Gallup. His mission is to help 7 billion citizens be heard on their most pressing work and life issues through the Gallup World Poll, a 100-year initiative spanning over 150 countries. He is a nonresident senior fellow at Baylor University’s Institute for Studies of Religion and serves on the boards of directors for Gallup and Young Professionals in Foreign Policy. Jon has been interviewed on BBC News, Axios, C-SPAN’s “Washington Journal,” and Al-Jazeera, and he has testified in front of the U.S. Congress on the state of American small business and entrepreneurship. He is a frequent contributor on Gallup.com and has written for The Hill, The Diplomatic Courier, and The Global Action Report. He is the author of Blind Spot: The Global Rise of Unhappiness and How Leaders Missed It. In this conversation, Jon and I discuss why many objective numbers like GDP appear positive and yet don’t correlate to wellbeing and happiness. We examine how to think about more subjective measures and ways for leaders and organizations to gain insight. Plus, we dialogue about what managers can do to help make genuine connections in the workplace. Key Points While objective trends worldwide such as GDP and the Human Development Index have been positive for decades, people are angrier, sadder, and more worried than ever. There’s a key distinction between how someone sees their life and how someone lives their life. Money does not buy happiness, but it is hard to be happy without it. Frequent conversations, listening, and framing work around strengths are key actions managers can take to address unhappiness with employees. Examples of questions/survey topics to ask of customers to gain insight into emotional attachment: Company always delivers on what they promise. I feel proud to be a Company customer. Company is the perfect company for people like me. Examples of questions/survey topics to ask of suppliers to to gain insight into emotional attachment: Company always treats me with respect. Company is easy to do business with. Company always does what they say they will do. Resources Mentioned Blind Spot: The Global Rise of Unhappiness and How Leaders Missed It* by Jon Clifton CliftonStrengths (formerly StrengthsFinder) assessment Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) How Teams Use StrengthsFinder Results, with Lisa Cummings (episode 293) How to Help People Thrive, with Jim Harter (episode 532) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Scott Anthony Barlow: Happen to Your Career Scott Anthony Barlow wants you to find work you love. He is CEO of Happen To Your Career and host of the Happen to Your Career podcast, which has been listened to over 3 million times across 159 countries and is the largest career change podcast in the world. As a former HR leader, Scott has interviewed over two thousand people for jobs and completely rejects the way most organizations choose to do work. He’s a nerd for self development, human behavior, and ice hockey. He's the author of the book Happen to Your Career: An Unconventional Approach to Career Change and Meaningful Work*. In this conversation, Scott and I discuss the assumptions that many of us bring to finding career happiness — and where those assumptions might lead us astray. We also explore in detail the process that Scott and his team use with clients: career experimenting. In addition, Scott and I share how we’ve used experimenting in our own careers to align with meaning. Key Points People assume that you start with clarity. In actuality, you start with declaring priorities, which is what eventually creates clarity. Taking vacation or an extended break from work is important for many reasons, but it’s not often the activity that creates clarity. Movement and experimenting is the way you move from declaring your priorities to creating clarity. Use career experiments as a way to begin surfacing interests and relationships that will help you to find clarity. Leaders should open the door to career experimentation to support employees in developing themselves inside the organization — or potentially moving onto other opportunities. Resources Mentioned Happen to Your Career: An Unconventional Approach to Career Change and Meaningful Work* by Scott Anthony Barlow Finding the Career That Fits You (Scott’s FREE 8-Day Video Course) Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Actually Move Numbers, with Chris McChesney (episode 294) Three Steps to Great Career Conversations, with Russ Laraway (episode 370) Ten Years of Leadership, with Dave Stachowiak (episode 541) How to Reduce Burnout, with Jennifer Moss (episode 561) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Robert Lefkowitz: A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to Stockholm Robert Lefkowitz is James B. Duke Professor of Medicine and Professor of Biochemistry and Chemistry at the Duke University Medical Center. His group spent 15 difficult years developing techniques for labeling the receptors with radioactive drugs and then purifying the four different receptors that were known and thought to exist for adrenaline. In 1986 Bob and his team transformed the understanding of what had become known as G protein coupled receptors, when he and his colleagues cloned the gene for the beta2-adrenergic receptor. Today, more than half of all prescription drug sales are of drugs that target either directly or indirectly the receptors discovered by Bob and his trainees. These include amongst many others beta blockers, angiotensin receptor blockers or ARBs and antihistamines. He has received numerous honors and awards, including the National Medal of Science, the Shaw Prize, the Albany Prize, and the 2012 Nobel Prize in Chemistry. He was elected to the National Academy of Sciences, the Institute of Medicine, and the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. He is the author with Randy Hall of A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to Stockholm: The Adrenaline Fueled Adventures of an Accidental Scientist. In this conversation, Bob and I explore the important nature of mentoring in his success — and how he has in turn utilized mentoring to support so many colleagues and students. We discuss the importance of building careers around problems versus techniques and other key principles that effective mentors adopt. Plus, we explore the key of ownership of work and using fun as an indicator to follow. Key Points Success is rarely accidental. Most people with extraordinary accomplishments had outstanding mentors along the way. Teach people to build their careers around problems, not techniques. The crucial job of a mentor is to keep things in focus for the person you are mentoring — both in their current work and their careers. People achieve the most motivation when they have ownership over their work. A key measure of striking the right guidance between ownership and guidance is whether or not everybody is having fun. Resources Mentioned A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to Stockholm: The Adrenaline Fueled Adventures of an Accidental Scientist* by Robert Lefkowitz Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes What You Gain By Sponsoring People, with Julia Taylor Kennedy (episode 398) How to Know What You Don’t Know, with Art Markman (episode 437) How to Lead and Retain High Performers, with Ruth Gotian (episode 567) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Oscar Trimboli: How to Listen Oscar Trimboli is an author, host of the Apple award-winning podcast Deep Listening and a sought-after keynote speaker. He is passionate about using the gift of listening to bring positive change in homes, workplaces, and cultures around the world. Through his work with chairs, boards of directors, and executive teams, Oscar has experienced firsthand the transformational impact leaders and organizations can have when they listen beyond the words. Oscar is a marketing and technology industry veteran with over 30 years experience across general management, sales, marketing, and operations for Microsoft, PeopleSoft, Polycom, Professional Advantage, and Vodafone. He is the author of the book, Deep Listening and now, his newest book, How to Listen: Discover the Hidden Key to Better Communication*. In this conversation, Oscar and I explore several of the assumptions that tend to get in our way of listening well. Oscar highlights distinctions that will be useful mindsets for you in showing up better in future conversations. Plus, we discuss how listing goes far beyond simply asking questions. Key Points Before we begin listening, it is helpful to tune…much like as orchestra. We can’t always give our full attention, but we can make the choice as to whether we are paying attention or giving attention. As much as we intend otherwise, sometimes we listen less well in our closest relationships. Aim to be curious instead of drawing conclusions. Asking questions does not necessarily mean you are listening well. Aimless and arbitrary questions are everywhere. Resources Mentioned How to Listen: Discover the Hidden Key to Better Communication* by Oscar Trimboli Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Be More Coach-Like, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 458) Four Habits That Derail Listening, with Oscar Trimboli (episode 500) How to Genuinely Show Up for Others, with Marshall Goldsmith (episode 590) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Megan Reitz: Speak Up Megan Reitz is Professor of Leadership and Dialogue at Hult International Business School where she speaks, researches, consults and supervises on the intersection of leadership, change, dialogue and mindfulness. She is on the Thinkers50 ranking of global business thinkers and is ranked in HR Magazine’s Most Influential Thinkers listing. She has written Dialogue in Organizations and Mind Time. She is a regular contributor to Harvard Business Review and her research has recently featured in Forbes, on the BBC, in TEDx talks, and in numerous academic and practice-based journals. Her latest research on employee activism was nominated for the Thinkers50 Breakthrough Idea Award. Her most recent book with John Higgins is titled Speak Up: Say What Needs to Be Said and Hear What Needs to Be Heard*. Many leaders consider what they need to do in order to speak truth to others, but rarely focus on how to make it easier for people to speak to them. In this conversation, Megan and I explore what leaders can do in order to hear what needs to be heard. We share several tactics that will make it easier for others to surface what you need to hear. Key Points Speaking up and listening up go hand in hand. Power always affects what gets said and what gets heard. A key checkpoint is whether or not you really value the opinion of others. Where you have conversations can make a massive difference on how comfortable the other party is in surfacing an important message for you to hear. Leaders who have margin in their daily schedules create space for the right moment to hear truth. Proactively invite challenge and debate through specific invitations. One example: “What do you know that I need to know, but will never be told?” Resources Mentioned Speak Up: Say What Needs to Be Said and Hear What Needs to Be Heard* by Megan Reitz and John Higgins Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Ask Better Questions, with David Marquet (episode 454) How to Speak Up, with Connson Locke (episode 546) How to Use Power Responsibly, with Vanessa Bohns (episode 551) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bill George: True North Bill George is executive fellow at Harvard Business School, where he has taught leadership since 2004. He is the author of four best-selling books: Authentic Leadership, True North, Discover Your True North, and 7 Lessons for Leading in Crisis. He was chair and CEO of Medtronic, the world’s leading medical technology company. Under his leadership, Medtronic’s market capitalization grew from $1.1 billion to $60 billion, averaging 35 percent a year. Bill has served as a director of Goldman Sachs, ExxonMobil, Novartis, Target, the Mayo Clinic, and World Economic Forum USA. He has been named one of the Top 25 Business Leaders of the Past 25 Years by PBS, Executive of the Year by Academy of Management, and Director of the Year by National Association of Corporate Directors. He is the author with Zach Clayton of True North: Leading Authentically in Today's Workplace, Emerging Leader Edition*. We’ve all seen leadership go badly and most of us struggle with tendencies to get pulled off course. In this conversation, Bill and I explore the five most common archetypes that tend to derail leaders and the antidote that prevents them. We also discuss how we can recognize these tendencies in ourselves so that we can do better for others. Key Points Five archetypes of leadership derailment: Imposters: political animals who figure out who their competitors and then eliminate them. Rationalizers: masters of denial who don’t take responsibility themselves. Glory seekers: motivated by the acclaim of the world. Loners: they believe they can make it on their own and reject feedback. Shooting stars: they build shallow foundations and move on quickly to the next things, often avoiding commitment. Antidotes to leadership derailment: Write down the most difficult ethical dilemma you are currently facing and chronicle the “least generous” interpretation of your actions. Project forward a decade and assume the worst: you have derailed in a major failure. Envision the situation in which you could lose your way. Resources Mentioned True North: Leading Authentically in Today's Workplace, Emerging Leader Edition* by Bill George and Zach Clayton Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Discover Your True North, with Bill George (episode 225) Leadership Lies We Tell Ourselves, with Emily Leathers (episode 479) How to Help Your Manager Shine, with David Gergen (episode 588) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Amy Gallo: Getting Along Amy Gallo is an expert in conflict, communication, and workplace dynamics. She combines the latest management research with practical advice to deliver evidence-based ideas on how to improve relationships and excel at work. In her role as a contributing editor at Harvard Business Review, Amy writes about interpersonal dynamics, communicating ideas, leading and influencing people, and building your career. Amy is co-host of HBR's Women at Work podcast and author of both the HBR Guide to Dealing with Conflict and Getting Along: How to Work with Anyone (Even Difficult People)*. In this conversation, Amy and I discuss one of the most common questions she receives from leaders: how do I handle a colleague who’s passive aggressive? We examine what causes this behavior, how to respond to it, and what to avoid that could worsen the relationship. Plus, we discuss the intention that leaders can bring in responding to passive-aggressive behavior that will help everybody move forward. Key Points Don’t use the “passive-aggressive behavior” to label someone. It rarely helps and often results in more defensiveness. Focus on the other person’s underlying concern or question rather than how they are expressing it. Not everyone is able to discuss thoughts and feelings openly. Consider doing hypothesis testing to determine what’s next. Language like, “Here’s the story I’m telling myself…” can help everyone move forward without assigning blame. When making a direct request, stick to the facts. Review past behavior like you’re a referee vs. a fan. Artificial harmony is a danger spot for teams and leaders. Setting norms can help to reduce passive-aggressive behavior. Resources Mentioned Getting Along: How to Work with Anyone (Even Difficult People)* by Amy Gallo Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Have Conversations That Matter, with Celeste Headlee (episode 344) Four Habits That Derail Listening, with Oscar Trimboli (episode 500) How to Prepare for Conflict, with Amy Gallo (episode 530) The Way to Get People Talking, with Andrew Warner (episode 560) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Kwame Christian: How to Have Difficult Conversations About Race Kwame Christian is a best-selling author, lawyer, professor, and the Managing Director of the American Negotiation Institute. He has conducted countless specialized trainings worldwide and is a highly sought after keynote speaker. His best-selling book, Finding Confidence in Conflict has helped countless individuals overcome the fear, anxiety, and emotion associated with difficult conversations. The book was inspired by Kwame’s TED Talk with the same name that has over 250,000 views. He’s also host of the Negotiate Anything Podcast, the most popular negotiation podcast in the world. Kwame was the recipient of the John Glenn College of Public Affairs Young Alumni Achievement Award in 2020 and the Moritz College of Law Outstanding Recent Alumnus Award 2021. Additionally, Kwame is a business lawyer at Carlile, Patchen & Murphy LLP and serves a professor for The Ohio State University’s Moritz College of Law in its top-ranked dispute resolution program and Otterbein University’s MBA program. He is also a Contributor for Forbes and his LinkedIn Learning course, How to Be Both Likable And Assertive, was the most popular course on the platform in July of 2021. He is the author of How to Have Difficult Conversations About Race: Practical Tools for Necessary Change in the Workplace and Beyond*. In this conversation, Kwame and I discuss how to begin a difficult conversation about race. We explore the key questions that each of us should ask ourselves so that we can determine in advance what we want to gain from a tough conversation. Finally, we look at the three critical things to say in the first 30 seconds that will help you start an important conversation that helps everybody move forward. Key Points It's hard for someone else to appreciate how much of a person's identity affects every other area of their lives until you've lived it. People explain away racism because they don’t like it and don’t want it to be true. Whether you think a conversation is about race or not, if it’s about race for the other person then you’re having a conversation about race. There questions to ask yourself before a conversation: What do I hope to accomplish in this conversation? Given what I know about them and the situation, what is likely to be their goal? What are three questions I can ask them that will help me to understand their position? Use situation, impact, and invitation as the starting point for a difficult conversation. Usually this is less than 30 seconds. “Naked facts” reduce the likelihood that someone will dispute the premise of what you are addressing. Resources Mentioned How to Have Difficult Conversations About Race: Practical Tools for Necessary Change in the Workplace and Beyond* by Kwame Christian Negotiate Anything podcast Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way Into Difficult Conversations, with Kwame Christian (episode 497) How to Reduce Bias in Feedback, with Therese Huston (episode 510) The Way Managers Can be Champions for Justice, with Minda Harts (episode 552) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

David Hutchens: Story Dash David Hutchens helps leaders find and tell their stories. He works with leaders around the world to find, craft, and tell their most urgent stories for the purpose of creating shared meaning, preserving culture, disseminating learning, and speeding change in organizations. He has taught the Storytelling Leader program at some of the most influential organizations — and he’s written many books, including the Circle of the 9 Muses and The Leadership Story Deck. He is the co-creator with longtime friend of the show Susan Gerke of the GO Team program. He's also the author of the new book, Story Dash: Find, Develop, and Activate Your Most Valuable Business Stories…In Just a Few Hours. In this conversation, David and I discuss how to find stories that you can use in your organization. We reflect on the reality that we both hear many leaders say to us: “How do I find the right stories?” David then shares the key principles and steps that every leader can take to surface and curate the best stories. Key Points The “Us At Our Best” taxonomy is what it looks like when are are delivering with energy and excellence. A recent Southwest Airlines story is an example of this. Find the area the area of your work where you need to influence the emotional system. Trust stories about small moments. Don’t attempt to create an epic drama of huge importance. The best stories are individual incidents that send a bigger message. Formal story mining can be done alone or as team building. Institutionalizing practices like story sharing can help this happen regularly and naturally. When informally collecting stories, listen for time, place, and person as signals that a story is beginning. Resources Mentioned Download a free set of Story Deck cards or… Reach out to David directly at david@davidhutchens.com for more free resources Purchase the full set of Leadership Story Deck by David Hutchens Related Episodes How to Create an Unstoppable Culture, with Ginger Hardage (episode 350) Three Stories to Tell During Uncertainty, with David Hutchens (episode 486) The Way to Earn Attention, with Raja Rajamannar (episode 521) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Ari Weinzweig: A Lapsed Anarchist’s Approach to The Power of Beliefs in Business In 1982, Ari, along with his partner Paul Saginaw, founded Zingerman’s Delicatessen with a $20,000 bank loan, a Russian History degree from the University of Michigan, 4 years of experience washing dishes, cooking, and managing in restaurant kitchens and chutzpah from his hometown of Chicago. Today, Zingerman’s Delicatessen is a nationally renowned food icon and the Zingerman’s Community of Businesses has grown to 10 businesses with over 750 employees and over $55 million in annual revenue. Besides being the Co-Founding Partner and being actively engaged in some aspect of the day-to-day operations and governance of nearly every business in the Zingerman’s Community, Ari is also a prolific writer. His most recent publications are the first 4 of his 6 book series Zingerman’s Guide to Good Leading, including A Lapsed Anarchist’s Approach to The Power of Beliefs in Business. In this conversation, Ari and I explore how the power of our beliefs show up in virtually every one of our daily actions. We examine how to begin looking at what isn’t working and how to start examining our beliefs. When those beliefs aren’t working, Ari shares several, critical steps we can take to begin to change our thinking. Key Points Our beliefs, many of which we may not be consciously aware of, are often calling the shots in our daily actions and behaviors. Start examining a belief by picking a current problem to address. Listen carefully to your internal voices to identify the language showing up. Notice places especially where you frame things as facts, certitudes, thoughts, theories, norms, shoulds, and should nots. Examine how you came to the beliefs that you uncover. Then, confront your cannons. Change now, find facts later. Most people do that the opposite way. Resources Mentioned A Lapsed Anarchist's Approach to the Power of Beliefs in Business by Ari Weinzweig Humility: A Humble, Anarchistic Inquiry by Ari Weinzweig Schein On, You Crazy Diamond by Ari Weinzweig Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Path of Humble Leadership, with Edgar Schein and Peter Schein (episode 363) How to Help People Engage in Growth, with Whitney Johnson (episode 576) Help People Show Up as Themselves, with Frederic Laloux (episode 580) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Ruth Gotian: The Success Factor Ruth Gotian has been hailed by the journal Nature and Columbia University as an expert in mentorship and leadership development. Recently, she was named as the #1 emerging management thinker in the world by Thinkers50. She was a semi-finalist for the Forbes 50 Over 50 list and has coached and mentored hundreds of people throughout her career. In addition to being published in academic journals, she is a contributor to Forbes and Psychology Today, where she writes about optimizing success. She is the Chief Learning Officer in Anesthesiology and former Assistant Dean of Mentoring and Executive Director of the Mentoring Academy at Weill Cornell Medicine, where she is a faculty member. She is the author of The Success Factor: Developing the Mindset and Skillset for Peak Business Performance*. In this conversation, Ruth and I explore her research on how high achievers build their networks — and also what works for us both in our personal practices. We discuss several tactics that most leaders can use to strengthen existing networks. Plus, we examine the mindsets that tend to lead to success in professional relationships, in spite of busy schedules. Key Points High achievers are always seeking perspective, insight, and inspiration from people in many different career stages and disciplines. Use the 24/7/30 rule when making new connections. Reach out within 24 hours, again in 7 days, and also at 30 days. Almost always there is a way you can add value to another person, even if they are at the top of professional game. Find that way to help. When you create content on social media, you emerge as one of the 1% of professionals who choose to do this. Give without expectation of anything in return. Resources Mentioned The Success Factor: Developing the Mindset and Skillset for Peak Business Performance* by Ruth Gotian How Do You Find a Decent Mentor When You’re Stuck at Home? by Ruth Gotian Networking for Introverted Scientists by Ruth Gotian Conversation Starters by Ruth Gotian Related Episodes The Power of Weak Connections, with David Burkus (episode 347) How to Strengthen Your Network, with Marissa King (episode 425) How to Get Noticed on LinkedIn, with Stephen Hart (episode 495) How to Lead and Retain High Performers, with Ruth Gotian (episode 567) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Marshall Goldsmith: The Earned Life Marshall Goldsmith is one of the world’s leading executive coaches and the New York Times bestselling author of many books, including What Got You Here Won’t Get You There, Mojo, and Triggers. In his coaching practice, he has advised more than 150 major CEOs and their management teams, including clients like Alan Mulally, Frances Hesselbein, and Hubert Joly. His newest book is The Earned Life: Lose Regret, Choose Fulfillment*. We’ve all heard about the benefits of empathy and most of us assume that more empathy for the people we lead is always better. In this conversation, Marshall and I look at the different types of empathy and explore the downsides of leaning into empathy too much. Plus, we discuss how singular empathy can help busy leaders stay present in the midst of their busy schedules. Key Points There are multiple types of empathy — and each of them bring challenges along with their positive attributes. We often hit the reset button successfully at work, but then neglect it in our personal relationships. Singular empathy helps us to stay present with people and to move between the multiple spaces and situations that most leaders find themselves in daily. A key question for us all to ask ourselves: am I being the person I want to be right now? Resources Mentioned The Earned Life: Lose Regret, Choose Fulfillment* by Marshall Goldsmith Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Stop Rescuing People From Their Problems, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 284) Getting Better at Empathy, with Daniel Goleman (episode 391) The Way to Be More Self-Aware, with Tasha Eurich (episode 442) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Ruchika Tulshyan: Inclusion on Purpose Ruchika Tulshyan is the founder of Candour, a global inclusion strategy firm. She is a regular contributor to The New York Times and Harvard Business Review. As a keynote speaker, Ruchika has addressed organizations like NASA, Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, and the United States Congress. Ruchika is the author of The Diversity Advantage: Fixing Gender Inequality in the Workplace, and most recently, Inclusion on Purpose: An Intersectional Approach to Creating a Culture of Belonging at Work*. She is on the Thinkers50 Radar list and named as one of Hive Learning's Most Influential D&I Professionals for the past two years. In this conversation, Ruchika and I discuss how leaders can adapt their hiring practices to attract more diverse candidates — and ultimately support inclusion inside their organizations. We discuss the importance of what to both include and avoid in job postings. Plus, we examine how well-intended interview practices can sometimes have unintended results on supporting diversity and inclusion. Key Points Make the hiring process transparent from start to finish. Include an authentic equal opportunity statement. Refrain from using certain words in job listings. Examples include: rockstar, ninja, hacker, guru, manage, build, aggressive, fearless, independent, analytic, and assertive. Emphasize skills and experience over professional degrees. Avoid panel interviews and refrain from asking questions or having conversations about culture fit. Resources Mentioned Inclusion on Purpose: An Intersectional Approach to Creating a Culture of Belonging at Work* by Ruchika Tulshyan Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Get the Ideal Team Player, with Patrick Lencioni (episode 301) How to Be More Inclusive, with Stefanie Johnson (episode 508) Start Finding Overlooked Talent, with Johnny Taylor, Jr. (episode 544) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

David Gergen: Hearts Touched With Fire David Gergen has served as a White House adviser to four US presidents of both political parties: Richard Nixon, Gerald Ford, Ronald Reagan, and Bill Clinton. He then served as the editor of US News & World Report. For the past two decades, he has served as a professor of public service and founding director of the Center for Public Leadership at the Harvard Kennedy School. David is also a senior political analyst for CNN, where he is a respected voice in national and international affairs. He is the author of Hearts Touched with Fire: How Great Leaders Are Made*. In this conversation, David and I discuss his years working in the White House for four different presidents. We explore what worked for David to be able to support a powerful person in being the best version of themselves. Plus, we discuss how to speak truth to power, the strategy of playing to strengths, and the critical importance of staying aligned with the big picture. Key Points Speaking up means you ensure that your manager has considered alternate perspectives. Be aware of your own shortcomings so you do not bias your own advice. You made need to help a manager overcome their own challenges. Help them play to their strengths. Beware of managing up with arrogance. Instead, create zones and pathways that can help a manager make tough calls. Making a suggestion in a short note can be one way to open up a tough conversation. Keep the bigger, nobler motive in mind at all times. Advocate for that larger vision. Resources Mentioned Hearts Touched with Fire: How Great Leaders Are Made* by David Gergen The Bin Laden Raid: Inside the Situation Room Photo Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Start Managing Up, with Tom Henschel (episode 433) Leadership in the Midst of Chaos, with Jim Mattis (episode 440) How to be Diplomatic, with Susan Rice (episode 456) Your Leadership Motive, with Patrick Lencioni (episode 505) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, Dean of Teaching and Learning and Professor of Business and Management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, she was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. Bonni is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Margaret is wondering what resources we’d recommend for her team to identify different communication styles. Jeff asked us what steps we might take to help someone increase their confidence. Christopher mentioned a prior episode and is seeking our advice on what to do when challenging authority is ignored. Resources Mentioned GO Team Resources by Susan Gerke and David Hutchens Creative Acts for Curious People* by Sarah Stein Greenberg Emergent Strategy* by adrienne maree brown StrengthsFinder Dignity: Its Essential Role in Resolving Conflict* by Donna Hicks Related Episodes How Teams Use StrengthsFinder Results, with Lisa Cummings (episode 293) How to Lead an Offsite, with Tom Henschel (episode 377) End Imposter Syndrome in Your Organization, with Jodi-Ann Burey (episode 556) The Way to Make Struggles More Productive, with Sarah Stein Greenberg (episode 569) Make It Easier to Challenge Authority, with Richard Rierson (episode 575) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Eric Pliner: Difficult Decisions Eric Pliner is chief executive officer of YSC Consulting. He has designed and implemented leadership strategy in partnership with some of the world’s best-known CEOs and organizations. Eric’s writing has been featured in Harvard Business Review, Fortune, Forbes, and Fast Company. A member of the Dramatists’ Guild of America, Eric is co-author of the U.S. National Standards for Health Education and Spooky Dog & the Teen-Age Gang Mysteries (with Amy Rhodes), an Off-Broadway theatrical parody of television cartoons for adults. He is a board director with Hip Hop Public Health. He is also the author of Difficult Decisions: How Leaders Make the Right Call with Insight, Integrity, and Empathy*. In this conversation, Eric and I discuss the difficult and sometimes awkward moments when we engage other stakeholders in our decisions. We explore the language to use when discussing a stakeholder’s role in a decision. Plus, Eric details how to establish clear expectations about involvement in decisions to avoid sending messages that we otherwise don’t intend. Key Points Clarify who you will engage and how you intend to do so. Before discussing a decision with a stakeholder, explain how the decision is going to be made. Make it clear if you’re offering them a views, a voice, a vote, or a veto. Standardize your individual and team processes for decision-making. Ask the stakeholder for input — and go deeper with a second or third question to appreciate what’s behind what they’ve said. Remind stakeholders how the decision will be made when you conclude. Don’t underestimated the importance of this step. Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Influence Many Stakeholders, with Andy Kaufman (episode 240) How to Deal with Opponents and Adversaries, with Peter Block (episode 328) The Way to Make Better Decisions, with Annie Duke (episode 499) Handling a Difficult Stakeholder, with Nick Timiraos (episode 581) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Scott Keller: CEO Excellence Scott is a senior partner in McKinsey’s Southern California office. He co-leads the firm’s global CEO Excellence service line and is the author of six books, including the bestseller Beyond Performance. Scott spent his early consulting years working on business strategy and operational topics until his life was turned upside down when his second child was born with profound special needs. After taking time off to attend to his family, Scott returned to McKinsey with the desire to bring the best of psychology, social science, and the study of human potential into the workplace. He is a cofounder of Digital Divide Data and one of a few hundred people in history known to have traveled to every country in the world. His most recent book written with Carolyn Dewar and Vikram Malhotra is titled CEO Excellence: The Six Mindsets That Distinguish the Best Leaders from the Rest*. In this conversation, Scott and I examine McKinsey’s research on what the top CEOs do (and avoid) when building great teams. We look at a few of the key mindsets that the best CEOs bring to their organizations — and how teamwork plays into this. Plus, we explore some of the key questions top leaders should ask when determining if it’s time to exit someone from the team. Key Points Top leaders staff for both aptitude and attitude. The have an eye to both the short and long term. The most successful CEOs have a mindset of “first team” and expect leaders in the organization to prioritize serving the whole team/organization over any functional area. New CEOs are often known for acting quickly on staffing, but the most successful leaders also temper this with fairness. They use the four questions below to act with both fairness and speed. Top leaders stay connected with people throughout the organization, but also keep some distance. There’s a key distinction between being friendly and making friends. The best CEO’s ensure that they have positively addressed all four questions below before removing somebody: Does the team member know exactly what’s expected of them: i.e., what the agenda is and what jobs need to be done to drive that agenda? Have they been given the needed tools and resources, and a chance to build the necessary skills and confidence to use them effectively? Are they surrounded by others (including the CEO) who are aligned on a common direction and who display the desired mindsets and behaviors? Is it clear what the consequences are if they don’t get on board and deliver? Resources Mentioned CEO Excellence: The Six Mindsets That Distinguish the Best Leaders from the Rest* by Carolyn Dewar, Scott Keller, and Vikram Malhotra The Hidden Life of Trees: What They Feel, How They Communicate - Discoveries from a Secret World* by Peter Wohlleben Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Create Team Guidelines, with Susan Gerke (episode 192) How to Sell Your Vision, with Michael Hyatt (episode 482) Your Leadership Motive, with Patrick Lencioni (episode 505) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Susan MacKenty Brady: Arrive and Thrive Susan MacKenty Brady is the Deloitte Ellen Gabriel Chair for Women and Leadership at Simmons University and the first Chief Executive Officer of The Simmons University Institute for Inclusive Leadership. As a relationship expert, leadership wellbeing coach, author, and speaker, Susan educates leaders and executives globally on fostering self-awareness for optimal leadership. Susan advises executive teams on how to work together effectively and create inclusion and gender parity in organizations. She is the coauthor, along with Janet Foutty and Lynn Perry Wooten, of The Wall Street Journal bestselling book, Arrive and Thrive: 7 Impactful Practices for Women Navigating Leadership*. In this conversation, Susan and I discuss the reality that while we may intend well on inclusion, real change starts with us first. We explore how implicit bias assessments can be useful in discovering where they bias is that we don’t see in ourselves. Plus, we examine some of the key actions we can take on relationship building and repair in order to get better. Key Points Most of us intend well, but we often miss the opportunity to move from being an ally (alignment) to being an upstander (taking action in the moment). Utilizing an assessment can help us understand where our implicit biases diverge from our conscious thoughts. Curiosity and relationship-building isn’t just for the moment — it’s the before, during, and after of conversations to discover how we get better. When we make a misstep, move quickly and purposefully to repair the relationship. Resources Mentioned Arrive and Thrive: 7 Impactful Practices for Women Navigating Leadership* by Susan MacKenty Brady, Janet Foutty, and Lynn Perry Wooten The Inclusive Leader's Playbook by Susan MacKenty Brady, Elisa van Dam, and Loe Lee Project Implicit: Implicit Association Tests Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes What You Gain By Sponsoring People, with Julia Taylor Kennedy (episode 398) How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) How to Be More Inclusive, with Stefanie Johnson (episode 508) How to Reduce Bias in Feedback, with Therese Huston (episode 510) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Russ Laraway: When They Win, You Win Russ has had a diverse 28 year operational management career. He was a Company Commander in the Marine Corps before starting his first company, Pathfinders. From there, Russ went to the Wharton School, and then onto management roles at Google and Twitter. He then co-founded Candor, Inc., along with best selling author and past guest Kim Scott. Over the last several years, Russ served as the Chief People Officer at Qualtrics, and is now the Chief People Officer for the fast-growing venture capital firm, Goodwater Capital, where he is helping Goodwater and its portfolio companies to empower their people to do great work and be totally psyched while doing it. He's the author of the book When They Win, You Win: Being a Great Manager Is Simpler Than You Think*. It’s the job of every leader to give feedback. In this episode, Russ and I discuss what to say and what to avoid when giving feedback. Plus, we explore how to think about truth and the most effective ways to start and close feedback conversations in order to help everybody move forward. Key Points Avoid spending too much time talking about the impending conversation and just have the conversation. Use language like this: “I think I’m seeing some behavior that I believe is getting in your way. Are you in a spot where you can hear that right now?” Use the framework of situation, behavior/work, and impact in order to organize your feedback. Invite dialogue by asking: “What are your thoughts about that?” Avoid framing feedback discussions around “the truth” — there are always multiple truths in every discussion like this. You are offering them what you see. Resources Mentioned When They Win, You Win: Being a Great Manager Is Simpler Than You Think* by Russ Laraway When They Win, You Win website Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Three Steps to Soliciting Feedback, with Tom Henschel (episode 107) Three Steps to Great Career Conversations, with Russ Laraway (episode 370) How to Balance Care and Accountability When Leading Remotely, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 464) How to Reduce Bias in Feedback, with Therese Huston (episode 510) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Mollie West Duffy: Big Feelings Mollie West Duffy is an expert in organizational design, development, and leadership coaching. She previously was an organizational design lead at global innovation firm IDEO. She’s helped advise and coach leaders and founders at companies including Casper, Google, LinkedIn, Bungalow, and Slack. She’s experienced in designing talent processes and systems, as well as organizational structures and behaviors, cultural values, and learning and development programs. She's written for Harvard Business Review, Fast Company, Entrepreneur, Quartz, and other digital outlets. She co-founded the Capital Good Fund, Rhode Island's first microfinance fund. She is the co-author with Liz Fosslien of the Wall Street Journal bestseller No Hard Feelings: The Secret Power of Embracing Emotions at Work and now their second book Big Feelings: How To Be Okay When Things Are Not Okay*. We’ve all heard the well-intended advice that we should not compare ourselves to others. In this conversation, Mollie and I explore why that's almost impossible to do and how we can cooperate a bit more with the inevitable and make our comparisons more useful. We highlight some of the key ways that comparison can help us and where leaning in may actually be useful in your own happiness and development. Key Points It’s a myth that the less you compare yourself to others, the better. Often, the opposite is true: we don’t compare ourselves enough. We tend to compare our weaknesses to other people's strengths. Finding ways to curate our inputs is often much more useful. Shifting from malicious envy to benign envy is helpful. Thoughts such as “I’m inspired by what they’ve done…” or “I haven’t done what they’ve done…yet,” can move us to a healthier place. We see the best of people on social media. It’s helpful to piece together the missing footage by comparing some of the nitty gritty. Compare present you against past you. Resources Mentioned Big Feelings: How To Be Okay When Things Are Not Okay* by Liz Fosslien and Mollie West Duffy How to Manage Your Anger at Work by Liz Fosslien and Mollie West Duffy Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Four Steps to Get Unstuck and Embrace Change, with Susan David (episode 297) What to Do With Your Feelings, with Lori Gottlieb (episode 438) How to Reduce Burnout, with Jennifer Moss (episode 561) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Nick Timiraos: Trillion Dollar Triage Nick Timiraos has been the chief economics correspondent at The Wall Street Journal since 2017, where he is responsible for covering the Federal Reserve and other major developments in U.S. economic policy. He joined the Journal in 2006 and previously covered the 2008 presidential election. He wrote about U.S. housing markets and the mortgage industry as a reporter based in New York. His coverage included the government’s response to the foreclosure crisis and the takeover of finance companies Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Nick is the author of Trillion Dollar Triage: How Jay Powell and the Fed Battled a President and a Pandemic -- and Prevented Economic Disaster*. Key Points Some of Federal Reserve Chair Jerome “Jay” Powell’s core skills have helped him navigate difficult stakeholders: He’s highly regarded as a good listener with excellent emotional intelligence. He’s intentional about creating strong teams and espoused the value of teamwork regularly. He is mindful of daily events, but is always playing the long game. He speaks in plain language that makes sense to many people, regardless of their education level. Specifically, four unwritten rules of dealing with a difficult stakeholder like Donald Trump emerged in Nick’s analysis of Jay Powell’s public appearances: Don’t talk about Trump. When provoked, don’t return fire. Stick to the economy, not politics. Develop allies outside the Oval Office. Resources Mentioned Trillion Dollar Triage: How Jay Powell and the Fed Battled a President and a Pandemic -- and Prevented Economic Disaster* by Nick Timiraos Nick Timiraos website Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Listen When Someone Is Venting, with Mark Goulston (episode 91) How to Handle a Boss Who’s a Jerk, with Tom Henschel (episode 164) The Way Out of Major Conflict, with Amanda Ripley (episode 529) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Frederic Laloux: Reinventing Organizations Frederic is the author of Reinventing Organizations: A Guide to Creating Organizations Inspired by the Next Stage of Human Consciousness*. The book is a global word-of-mouth bestseller with over 850,000 copies sold in 20 languages. Frederic’s work has inspired the founders of Extinction Rebellion, the Sunrise Movement, and Project Drawdown, as well as countless corporate leaders and faith movements. In a past life, he was an associate principal with McKinsey & Company. He's also the creator of the Insights for the Journey video series. In this conversation, Frederic and I explore a place where almost every leader can have a meaningful impact: helping people show up as their whole selves. We discuss how critical it is for leaders to lead the way in doing this — and how storytelling can be an important entry point. We look at some of the practical actions leaders can take to enter into a place of wholeness, including elevating beyond content, using everyday language, and integrating with the work at hand. Key Points As a leader, wholeness begins with you. Exploring wholeness yourself sets the stage for everyone else to be able to engage more fully. Rather than talking lots about wholeness, it’s often helpful just to begin modeling it. When you do, everyday language us useful to help others engage. Your personal history, the history of the organization, and the organization’s purpose are often helpful stories to share that open up a space for wholeness. You can turn any conversation into a moment of wholeness. One invitation for leaders is to stop talking about content and elevate the dialogue to “what’s happening” overall. Resist any temptation to disconnect wholeness from the work at hand. Bringing these together helps people to show up at work more authentically. Resources Mentioned Reinventing Organizations: A Guide to Creating Organizations Inspired by the Next Stage of Human Consciousness* by Frederic Laloux Reinventing Organizations: An Illustrated Invitation to Join the Conversation on Next-Stage Organizations* by Frederic Laloux Insights for the Journey video series by Frederic Laloux Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Stay Grounded, with Parker Palmer (episode 378) How to Be More Inclusive, with Stefanie Johnson (episode 508) The Path Towards Trusting Relationships, with Edgar Schein and Peter Schein (episode 539) End Imposter Syndrome in Your Organization, with Jodi-Ann Burey (episode 556) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Tom Henschel: The Look & Sound of Leadership Tom Henschel of Essential Communications grooms senior leaders and executive teams. As an internationally recognized expert in the field of workplace communications and self-presentation, he has helped thousands of leaders achieve excellence through his work as an executive coach and his top-rated podcast, The Look & Sound of Leadership. In this conversation, Tom and I explore the sometimes awkward moment of needing to get buy-in from your manager on a next step, proposal, or funding. We detail three considerations and how attention to them can help you frame this conversation better. Plus, we share tactics such as making the business case, telling a story, and past interactions — in order to help you get forward movement. Key Points Three lenses of consideration are helpful when considering how to pitch you manager: purpose, preference, and protocol. When framing your purpose in making a pitch, it’s helpful to be able to change altitude. Consider “clicking out” on a map to frame the bigger picture. To be purposeful, make sure you are making the business case for whatever you are pitching. Anger and emotion can be sentinels that you might not have moved past thinking about it personally or framed the business context fully. Consider past interactions with your manager on how they prefer to receive information. The way you pitch them should begin with their preferences, not yours. Get intel in advance from other stakeholders, if practical. They can help you see the variables that might be clouding your judgement if you’re too close to the situation. Clearly frame the problem and examples of it. Consider strutting your pitch in the framework of The Want, The Obstacle, and The Resolution (see PDF below). Resources Mentioned Storytelling: A Three-Part Model by Tom Henschel (PDF download) Related Episodes How to Start Managing Up, with Tom Henschel (episode 433) The Way to Influence Executives, with Nancy Duarte (episode 450) The Way to Make Sense to Others, with Tom Henschel (episode 518) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, Dean of Teaching and Learning and Professor of Business and Management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, she was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. Bonni is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Allison asked for resources on how to lead others who are more knowledgeable than you in the field of work. Everett wondered how he can navigate a situation where accents make it difficult to understand interview candidates. Stephen asked about motivating people independent of incentives. Resources Mentioned The Empowered Manager: Positive Political Skills at Work* by Peter Block Drive* by Daniel Pink Effective Delegation of Authority: A (Really) Short Book for New Managers About How to Delegate Work Using a Simple Delegation Process* by Hassan Osman The Coaching Habit* by Michael Bungay Stanier Humble Leadership* by Edgar Schein and Peter Schein HBO Max Presents Brené Brown: Atlas of the Heart Leading with Dignity: How to Create a Culture That Brings Out the Best in People* by Donna Hicks On the folly of rewarding A while hoping for B by Steven Kerr Related Episodes How to Improve Your Coaching Skills, with Tom Henschel (episode 190) How to Motivate People, with Dan Ariely (episode 282) The Path of Humble Leadership, with Edgar Schein and Peter Schein (episode 363) Effective Delegation of Authority, with Hassan Osman (episode 413) Start Finding Overlooked Talent, with Johnny Taylor, Jr. (episode 544) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

David Novak: Take Charge of You David Novak is Co-Founder, retired Chairman and CEO of Yum! Brands, the world’s largest restaurant company with over 45,000 restaurants in more than 135 countries and territories. During his tenure as CEO, Yum! Brands became a global powerhouse, growing from $4 billion in revenue to over $32 billion. After retiring in 2016, he became Founder and CEO of David Novak Leadership, dedicated to developing leaders at every stage of life. David is also the host of the top-ranked podcast, How Leaders Lead and founder of the leadership development platform of the same name. An expert on leadership and recognition culture, David is also a New York Times bestselling author. His books include Taking People With You: The Only Way to Make Big Things Happen, O GREAT ONE! A Little Story About the Awesome Power of Recognition, and his latest book with Jason Goldsmith, Take Charge of You: How Self Coaching Can Transform Your Life and Career*. In this conversation, David and I discuss the importance of finding joy in our careers. David highlights several of the key questions that he utilizes when helping others to uncover how joy can show up their work. He encourages us to surface the single biggest thing that’s important right now in order to get immediate traction. Key Points Sometimes your best (and only) coach is yourself. Use joy as your destination finder. Find your joy blockers by asking yourself: what’s getting in the way of my joy? Your worst days often provide insight on this. Discover your joy builders by asking yourself: what would grow your joy personal and professionally? Your most memorable days are starting points for answers here. Your goal is to surface your single biggest thing. This changes over time, but ideally is only one thing, one at a time. That’s how you gain traction. Resources Mentioned Take Charge of You: How Self Coaching Can Transform Your Life and Career* by David Novak and Jason Goldsmith Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Find Your Calling, with Ken Coleman (episode 352) Align Your Work With Your Why, with Kwame Marfo (episode 542) How to Nail a Job Transition, with Sukhinder Singh Cassidy (episode 555) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Whitney Johnson: Smart Growth Whitney Johnson is CEO of the tech-enabled talent development company Disruption Advisors, an Inc. 5000 fastest-growing private company in America. As one of the top ten business thinkers in the world as named by Thinkers50, Whitney is an expert at smart growth leadership. She has worked at FORTUNE 100 companies, and as an award-winning equity analyst on Wall Street. Whitney co-founded the Disruptive Innovation Fund with the late Clayton Christensen. She has coached alongside Marshall Goldsmith, selected by him in 2017 as a Top 15 Coach out of a pool of more than 17,000 candidates. She is the author of Disrupt Yourself and the host of the podcast of the same name. She is also the author of Smart Growth: How to Grow Your People to Grow Your Company*. In this conversation, Whitney and I explore a big reality of growth; it’s often slow at the start. We discuss three practical steps that leaders can take for both themselves and others to stay engaged during the early stages of growth. Key Points Auditing some of your roles, secrets, beliefs, values, and boundaries will help you move forward along the growth path. Listen to the stories that others tell and help them link past experiences with what’s important today. Images are a critical entry point to growth. Utilize them in addition to the new behavior itself to begin to frame your thinking and identity. Circle back after receiving feedback and show others what you’ve learned from it and how it’s changed your behavior. That motivates them to stay invested. Use “I am” statements that have a noun rather than a verb. Instead of “I run,” consider saying, “I am a runner.” Resources Mentioned Smart Growth: How to Grow Your People to Grow Your Company* by Whitney Johnson Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Become the Person You Want to Be, with James Clear (episode 376) How to Motivate Leaders, with John Maxwell (episode 452) How to Win the Long Game When the Short-Term Seems Bleak, with Dorie Clark (episode 550) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Richard Rierson: Dose of Leadership Richard Rierson has over 30 years of real-world, practical leadership experience as a United States Marine Corps officer, professional aviator, and corporate executive. His philosophy is that our leadership challenges should be met with the lifelong dedication and pursuit of becoming composed, confident, consistent, courageous, and compassionate. In addition to being a sought after speaker, coach, and consultant, he is the host of the highly acclaimed Dose of Leadership podcast. He's also a commercial airline pilot, currently flying as a first officer on the Boeing 787 Dreamliner. In this conversation, Richard and I explore how professional aviation emerged from the accidents of the 1970’s to improve challenging authority inside the cockpit. We discuss the principles of crew resource management (CRM) and how more structure and intention between crew members vastly reduced the number of aviation accidents. We examine what leaders can do to use similar principles to support appropriately challenging authority inside their organizations. Key Points Almost every accident is a chain of events. The key is to have self awareness in the chain and to interrupt it. Making the invitation to challenge before the work begins makes it far more likely that another party will speak up when they see something. Pilots use green, yellow, and red as simple and immediate indicator to others in the cockpit how much stress they are holding. Three steps are use to pilots to escalate challenging a more senior pilot: ask a question, make a suggestion, take control i.e. “my aircraft.” Resources Mentioned Sully with Tom Hanks The Crash of Flight 401, and the Lessons for Your Company by Dave Yarin The Evolution of Airline Crew Resource Management by Jean Dennis Marcellin Related Episodes The Way to Turn Followers Into Leaders, with David Marquet (episode 241) How to Deal with Opponents and Adversaries, with Peter Block (episode 328) How to Talk to People Who Have Power, with Jordan Harbinger (episode 343) How to Use Power Responsibly, with Vanessa Bohns (episode 551) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Deepa Purushothaman: The First, The Few, The Only Deepa is the co-founder of nFormation, a company which provides a brave, safe, and new space for professionals who are women of color. She spent more than twenty years at Deloitte and was a first herself: an Indian American woman and one of the youngest people to make partner in the company’s history. In her time there, she helped grow Deloitte's Social Impact Practice, served as a National Managing Partner of Inclusion, and served as the Managing Partner of WIN—the firm’s renowned program to recruit, retain, and advance women. Deepa speaks extensively on women and leadership. She has been featured at national conferences and in publications including Bloomberg BusinessWeek, The Huffington Post, and Harvard Business Review. She is the author of The First, The Few, The Only: How Women of Color can Redefine Power in Corporate America*. Key Points The corporate space has not fostered true equity. Often, many of us don’t see the systemic examples each day of friction. “We can’t find you,” is an often believed delusion when companies intend to attract more women of color. “I don’t see color,” is often a well-intended belief, but in practice often marginalizes the lives experiences of women of color. “DEI will fix it all,” is an illusion. We all should be supporting peers in formal DEI roes to volunteer, show up, and be key partners in the work that benefits all of you. “You got white-manned,” reflects the belief that the world has to be a zero-sum competition. Resources Mentioned The First, The Few, The Only: How Women of Color can Redefine Power in Corporate America* by Deepa Purushothaman Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Start Finding Overlooked Talent, with Johnny Taylor, Jr. (episode 544) The Way Managers Can be Champions for Justice, with Minda Harts (episode 552) Overcome Resistance to New Ideas, with David Schonthal (episode 557) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Nate Zinsser: The Confident Mind Nate Zinsser is an expert in the psychology of human performance. He has been at the forefront of applied sport psychology for over thirty years. He has been a regular consultant to the Philadelphia Flyers and New York Giants as well as a consultant for the FBI Academy, the U.S. Army World Class Athlete Program, the U.S. Army Recruiting Command, and the U.S. Army Marksmanship Unit. Since 1992 he has directed a cutting edge applied sport psychology program at the United States Military Academy’s Center for Enhanced Performance, personally conducting over seventeen thousand individual training sessions and seven hundred team training sessions for cadets seeking the mental edge for athletic, academic, and military performance. His most recent book is titled The Confident Mind: A Battle-Tested Guide for Unshakable Performance*. In this conversation, Nate and I explore the reality that almost every leader faces: continual challenges to our own confidence. We examine some of the misconceptions around confidence and how those misperceptions tend to limit us. Then, we discuss the most effective practices you can use to maintain — and improve — the confidence that you’ve already built. Key Points It’s a misconception that once you become confident, you’ll stay that way forever. Confidence has little to do with what happens to you and tons to do with how you think about what happens to you. For a more constructive attitude when bad things happen, use these three elements: decide that it’s temporary, limited, and non-representative. To win the battle with your own negative thinking, acknowledge the negativity, silence it, and then replace it with something better to get the last word. Protecting your confidence is an ongoing practice. You’ll never stop doing it — but the good news is that it will give you an edge if you can develop this practice. Resources Mentioned The Confident Mind: A Battle-Tested Guide for Unshakable Performance* by Nate Zinsser Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Make Sense to Others, with Tom Henschel (episode 518) How to Build Confidence, with Katy Milkman (episode 533) How to Speak Up, with Connson Locke (episode 546) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Keith Ferrazzi: Competing in the New World of Work Keith Ferrazzi is the founder and chairman of Ferrazzi Greenlight, a management consulting and coaching company that works to transform many of the largest organizations and governments in the world. A graduate of Harvard Business School, Keith rose to become the youngest chief marketing officer of a Fortune 500 company during his career at Deloitte and later became CMO and head of sales at Starwood Hotels. He has contributed to Harvard Business Review, Forbes, Fortune, and The Wall Street Journal and is The New York Times number one bestselling author of Who’s Got Your Back, Never Eat Alone, and Leading Without Authority. He is the co-author with Kian Gohar and Noel Weyrich of Competing in the New World of Work: How Radical Adaptability Separates the Best from the Rest*. In this conversation, Keith and I discuss what his team and him have learned from the most resilient teams they’ve supported. We explore some of the most useful strategies to build a more resilient team and highlight key actions that will help leaders and teams through challenging times. Key Points Resilient teams have compassion and empathy for each other. They show care through both success and failure. Humility is the ability to ask for help. Resilient teams have a culture that supports and encourages this. Many leaders espouse candor for their teams, but far less actually have teams with candor. Resilient teams speak truth — and it’s up to leaders to show them the way. Resourceful teams develop solutions at a higher velocity. They use systems and structures to move past challenges and doubts more quickly. Resources Mentioned Competing in the New World of Work* by Keith Ferrazzi, Kian Gohar, and Noel Weyrich 7 Strategies to Build a More Resilient Team* Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How Great Teams Find Purpose, with David Burkus (episode 481) Leadership Means You Go First, with Keith Ferrazzi (episode 488) How to Engage Remote Teams, with Tsedal Neeley (episode 537) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Cassandra Worthy: Change Enthusiasm Cassandra Worthy enables organizations and individuals to grow through major change and significant shift by harnessing the power of emotion. Whether undergoing a merger, acquisition, start-up, explosive growth, or significant contraction, the strategies and tools of Change Enthusiasm are motivating and energizing workforces worldwide. Her consulting firm was birthed from the pain and challenges she overcame as a corporate executive. Cassandra’s client base spans the Fortune 500, including Procter & Gamble, Allstate, Jones Lang LaSalle, Centene Corporation, ConferenceDirect, and WeWork. She's a chemical engineer by training and also brings over a decade of M&A experience distilled down into the critical leadership traits required to lead with exception during times of change and trans-formation. She's the author of Change Enthusiasm: How to Harness the Power of Emotion for Leadership and Success*. In this conversation Cassandra and I explore the critical importance of emotion in the change process. We detail some of the key places where leaders often miss opportunities to prioritize employee well-being. Then, Cassandra shares some practical steps leaders can take that will help employees better recognize signal emotions so they can eventually find opportunity and choice during the change process. Key Points Many leaders tend to diminish or ignore negative emotions during change. Actively doing that may prevent employees in getting to a place where they see opportunity — and eventually choice. Beware focusing too much attention on vision, roles, and responsibilities — and not enough on employee well-being and fulfillment. The change process is like driving in a car. The structure of the process is the vehicle itself and the people are their fuel. Have discussion about handling change a regular item in 1:1 agendas and team meetings. Leaders can enter into the opportunity that change provides by sharing their own emotions. One way to do this is to be explicit in conversation about what is genuinely inspiring you about the change. Resources Mentioned Change Enthusiasm: How to Harness the Power of Emotion for Leadership and Success* by Cassandra Worthy Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) The Way Innovators Get Traction, with Tendayi Viki (episode 512) Overcome Resistance to New Ideas, with David Schonthal (episode 557) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Hassan Osman: Hybrid Work Management Hassan Osman is a director at Cisco Systems (his views are his own) where he leads a team of project and program managers on delivering complex projects across the world. He’s also served as a management consultant at EY, where he led projects and programs for the largest enterprises. Hassan the author of several Amazon bestselling books about team management, including his most recent book, Hybrid Work Management: How to Manage a Hybrid Team in the New Workplace*. In this conversation, Hassan and I examine the new reality and popularity of the hybrid workforce. Many leaders are now managing teams that are both co-located and remote, with individual team members regularly migrating between the two. We explore useful practices that will help you support effective teamwork and progress, regardless of physical location. Key Points Recent statistics from many sources are indicating that a majority of employees desire (and are beginning to expect) some kind of hybrid work arrangement. Lead with a remote first culture so that there isn’t a two-tier class of employees in your organization. Conduct all meetings online, regardless of the location of attendees. Use technology to provide a seamless experience whether somebody is co-located or remote. Batch meetings together and, if possible, align work days to allow from in person interactions, when ideal. Be cognizant of offline decisions. Involve remote employees in conversation that start offline and inform them about updates and decisions that might have occurred outside virtual interactions. Resources Mentioned Hybrid Work Management: How to Manage a Hybrid Team in the New Workplace* by Hassan Osman Hybrid Work Management: How to Manage a Hybrid Team (Udemy course) The Couch Manager (Hassan's site) Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Effective Delegation of Authority, with Hassan Osman (episode 413) Transitioning to Remote Leadership, with Tammy Bjelland (episode 509) How to Engage Remote Teams, with Tsedal Neeley (episode 537) Hyflex Learning (Teaching in Higher Ed podcast) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Sarah Stein Greenberg: Creative Acts for Curious People Sarah Stein Greenberg is the Executive Director of the Stanford d.school. She leads a community of designers, faculty, and other innovative thinkers who help people unlock their creative abilities and apply them to the world. She speaks regularly at universities and global conferences on design, business, and education. Sarah holds an MBA from Stanford's Graduate School of Business and also serves as a trustee for global conservation organization Rare. She is the author of the book Creative Acts for Curious People: How to Think, Create, and Lead in Unconventional Ways*. In this conversation, Sarah and I discuss the reality that all of us face with real learning: uncomfortable struggle. We detail some of the typical pattens that occur with struggle and how we can almost predict it at certain points. Plus, we discussed what Sarah and her colleagues have discovered about we can do to make the most of the struggles we regularly face. Key Points Part of the process of creativity almost always feels terrible. The “trough of despair” is hard, but also essential. Struggle helps us learn better. There’s a sweet spot between what you already know well and what seems impossible. That middle zone is productive struggle. It’s helpful to set expectations in advance when innovating or creating that discomfort is an indicator that you’re moving forward. When people are in the midst of struggle, shifting the focus from thinking and talking to actually doing can often illuminate the best, next step. Productive struggle often comes at predictable moments. When it does, scaffolding and models can help move us along to get to where we need to go. Resources Mentioned Creative Acts for Curious People: How to Think, Create, and Lead in Unconventional Ways* by Sarah Stein Greenberg Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Growth Mindset Helps You Rise From the Ashes, with Jeff Hittenberger (episode 326) Help People Learn Through Powerful Teaching, with Pooja Agarwal (episode 421) The Value of Being Uncomfortable, with Neil Pasricha (episode 448) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Michael F. Schein: The Hype Handbook Michael F. Schein is the founder and president of MicroFame Media, a marketing agency that specializes in making ideabased companies famous in their industries. His writing has appeared in Fortune, Forbes, Inc., Psychology Today, and Huffington Post, and he is a speaker for international audiences spanning from the US to China. He is also the creator of the popular Hype Book Club, which provides regular recommendations of books about hype artists and hype strategies. Michael is the author of The Hype Handbook: 12 Indispensable Success Secrets From the World's Greatest Propagandists, Self-Promoters, Cult Leaders, Mischief Makers, and Boundary Breakers*. In this conversation, Michael and I explore his research on hype and how we can benefit from lessons throughout the history of human influence. We examine what we can learn from both positive and negative examples to discover how to brand ourselves better. Michael then invites us to frame the messaging about our own work to align with these human tendencies though a lens of genuine care and authenticity. Key Points We've evolved through history to seek guidance from those who appear miraculous. Surprise and worthiness are two indicators of what people perceive as miraculous vs. simply chance. The elements of your narrative are faders on a mixing board. Raise and lower different elements of the story to get the right mix. Make a list of strengths and weaknesses and don’t mention your weaknesses for a week. Reframe how some of your weakness might be strengths. Develop your story using the elements of theatre. Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Four Critical Stories Leaders Need For Influence, with David Hutchens (episode 148) Get Noticed Without Selling Out, with Laura Huang (episode 480) How to Actually Get Traction From Leadership Books, with Nicol Verheem (episode 549) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Ruth Gotian: The Success Factor Ruth Gotian has been hailed by the journal Nature and Columbia University as an expert in mentorship and leadership development. In 2021, she was selected as one of 30 people worldwide to be named to the Thinkers50 Radar List, where she was described as a “Prolific mentor and educator, leading important research into the secrets of success.” She is a semi-finalist for the Forbes 50 Over 50 list and has coached and mentored hundreds of people throughout her career. In addition to being published in academic journals, Ruth is a contributor to Forbes and Psychology Today, where she writes about optimizing success. She is the Chief Learning Officer in Anesthesiology and former Assistant Dean of Mentoring and Executive Director of the Mentoring Academy at Weill Cornell Medicine, where she is a faculty member. Ruth is the author of The Success Factor: Developing the Mindset and Skillset for Peak Business Performance*. In this conversation, Ruth and I discuss how leaders can genuinely connect with (and retain) their top performers. We explore the difference these employees make in organizations and what’s unique about how they approach work and their careers. Ruth then suggests a number of practical steps to engage high performers genuinely to develop them well and benefit the entire organization. Key Points High achievers can produce up to 400 percent more than the average employee. Promotions, diplomas, and awards may be starting points for high performers, but they are not ending points. Leading high performers well requires you to align with their intrinsic motivation. Offer high performers opportunities for exposure with visibility to senior leadership, strengths assignments, and decision-making. Provide autonomy to high performers. For them, the chase is as exciting as the win. They fear not trying more than failing. Recognize that internal professional development programs may not be sufficient for the demands of high performers. Support external opportunities they identify and connect with them during and after those experiences to further their learning (and yours). Bonus Audio How to maximize the benefit of sending high achievers to conferences Resources Mentioned The Success Factor: Developing the Mindset and Skillset for Peak Business Performance* by Ruth Gotian Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Six Ways Teaching Adults is Different than Teaching Kids (episode 3) What High Performers Aren’t Telling You, with Scott Anthony Barlow (episode 466) How to Multiply Your Impact, with Liz Wiseman (episode 554) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Amishi Jha: Peak Mind Amishi Jha is Director of Contemplative Neuroscience and Professor of Psychology at the University of Miami. With grants from the Department of Defense and several private foundations, she leads research on the neural bases of attention and the effects of mindfulness-based training programs on cognition, emotion, resilience, and performance in education, corporate, elite sports, first-responder, and military contexts. She launched the first-ever study to offer mindfulness training to active duty military service members as they prepared for deployment. Her work has been featured in many outlets including TED, NPR, and Mindful Magazine. In addition, she has been invited to present her work to NATO, the UK Parliament, the Pentagon, and at the World Economic Forum. She is the author of Peak Mind: Find Your Focus, Own Your Attention, Invest 12 Minutes a Day*. In this conversation, Amishi and I explore the importance of our attention and why harnessing it is essential for leaders. We dive into the neuroscience and how our brain is similar to a computer in how much we can hold at one time. Plus, Amishi provides us several practical starting points if we wish to do a better job of placing our attention in the most useful places. Key Points Attention is powerful, fragile, and trainable. Our working memory is like the RAM inside a computer — there’s only so much we can hold at a time. You experience what’s in your working memory, even if that doesn’t correlate to what’s right in front of you. If your working memory is full, it blocks the ability to encode or whatever you are trying to learn. A key tactic is to be aware of what’s in your working memory — and what you choose not to rewrite. Mindfulness practice can provide the white space for the space in our working memory that we need. Resources Mentioned Peak Mind: Find Your Focus, Own Your Attention, Invest 12 Minutes a Day* by Amishi Jha Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Know What You Don’t Know, with Art Markman (episode 437) How to Be Present, with Dave Crenshaw (episode 511) Help Your Brain Learn, with Lisa Feldman Barrett (episode 513) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Tiziana Casciaro: Power, for All Tiziana Casciaro is a professor of organizational behavior at the Rotman School of Management of the University of Toronto. Her research on interpersonal and organizational networks and power dynamics has received distinguished scientific achievement awards from the Academy of Management and has been covered in the New York Times, Washington Post, Financial Times, and many other outlets. Tiziana advises organizations and professionals across industries and has been recognized by Thinkers50 as a management thinker most likely to shape the future of how organizations are managed and led. She is the author with Julie Battilana of Power, for All: How It Really Works and Why It's Everyone's Business*. In this conversation, Tiziana and I explore the reality that many leaders face: the desire to discover what people want — but the challenge of actually determining this. Even when intentions are good, employees may not have the self-awareness to articulate what they what. We detail what the research shows us about what most people care about — and the practical steps we can all take in our organizations to surface this through familiarity and similarity. Key Points To be powerful in a relationship, it means having control over resources the other person values. Even if asked, people don’t always tell you what they need — either because they don’t trust you or because they aren’t self-aware. Much of the research literature concludes that almost all people have two basic needs: safety and self-esteem. To discover what people want, you need to earn trust. Competence and warmth two ways this happens. When forced to choose between the two, most people prefer warmth. To build warmth (and trust) use two key sources of interpersonal liking: familiarity and similarity. The six resources that address our basic needs of safety and self-esteem: Material resources Morality Achievement Status Autonomy Affiliation Resources Mentioned Power, for All: How It Really Works and Why It's Everyone's Business* by Julie Battilana and Tiziana Casciaro Power, for All website Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Three Steps to Great Career Conversations, with Russ Laraway (episode 370) How to Use Power Responsibly, with Vanessa Bohns (episode 551) How to Reduce Burnout, with Jennifer Moss (episode 561) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Sönke Ahrens: How to Take Smart Notes Sönke Ahrens is the creator of Take Smart Notes, a project dedicated to helping students, academics and nonfiction writers get more done - ideally with more fun and less effort. He has spent years researching and experimenting with different note-taking systems and his settled on a methodology called Zettlekasten. Sönke is a writer, coach, and academic -- and also the author of the bestselling book, How to Take Smart Notes: One Simple Technique to Boost Writing, Learning and Thinking - for Students, Academics and Nonfiction Book Writers*. In this conversation, Sönke and I discuss how to move past the practice of simply reading and highlighting by beginning to seek meaning. We explore how you might create a system for doing this and how external scaffolding can help. Plus, we explain what notes might look like and how you can use them for an ongoing conversation with yourself — and perhaps others. Key Points Move past details and look for meaning. As we become familiar with something, we may start believing we understand it. Real thinking requires external scaffolding. It's not so much about saving information, but in making connections between the information. Your notes need not be long or numerous, but should spark (and continue) future conversations with yourself. Resources Mentioned How to Take Smart Notes: One Simple Technique to Boost Writing, Learning and Thinking - for Students, Academics and Nonfiction Book Writers* by Sönke Ahrens Take Smart Notes Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How To Create a Personal Knowledge Management System, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 129) Help People Learn Through Powerful Teaching, with Pooja Agarwal (episode 421) How to Use Cognitive Psychology to Enhance Learning (Teaching in Higher Ed) How to Enhance Your Credibility (audio course) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Alisa Cohn: From Start-Up to Grown-Up Alisa Cohn has been named the Top Startup Coach in the World by the Thinkers50 Marshall Goldsmith Global Coaches Awards and has been coaching startup founders to grow into world-class CEOs for nearly 20 years. She was named the number one “Global Guru” of startups in 2021, and has worked with startup companies such as Venmo, Etsy, DraftKings, The Wirecutter, Mack Weldon, and Tory Burch. She has also coached CEOs and C-Suite executives at enterprise clients such as Dell, Hitachi, Sony, IBM, Google, and many more. Marshall Goldsmith selected Alisa as one of his Marshall Goldsmith 100 Coaches – a gathering of the top coaches in the world – and Inc. named Alisa one of the top 100 leadership speakers. Her articles have appeared in Harvard Business Review, Forbes, and Inc. and she has been featured as an expert on Bloomberg TV, the BBC World News and in The New York Times. She is the author of From Start-Up to Grown-Up: Grow Your Leadership to Grow Your Business*. In this conversation, Alisa and I discuss the difficult reality that most leaders need to face: saying goodbye to an employee. We detail the mindset you need in preparation for letting someone go. Alisa also helps us with specific language that will help you follow-though on a conversation and help everybody move on — and move forward. Key Points Our human tendency is often to side-step problems that we need to address. By the time you take action to fire somebody, you are likely months late. Just because someone was effective in the role previously (or in the last role) doesn’t mean their role is right for them today. It’s helpful to be prescriptive in conversations leading up to firing on exactly your expectations — and the actions the other party has agreed to. There’s no way to fire someone without it being awkward and painful. You’ll need to make peace with that before you take action. Resources Mentioned From Start-Up to Grown-Up: Grow Your Leadership to Grow Your Business* by Alisa Cohn Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Challenge Directly and Care Personally, with Kim Scott (episode 302) How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) How to Balance Care and Accountability When Leading Remotely, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 464) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Michael Bungay Stanier: How to Begin Michael Bungay Stanier distills big, complex ideas into practical, accessible knowledge for everyday people so they can be a force for change. His books have sold over a million copies, and The Coaching Habit was a Wall Street Journal bestseller. His TEDx Talk on Taming Your Advice Monster has been viewed more than a million times. Michael is the founder of Box of Crayons, a learning and development company that helps organizations transform from advice-driven to curiosity-led action. His new book is titled How to Begin: Start Doing Something That Matters*. In this conversation, Michael and I discuss how to make progress when starting something new. We explore the value in looking back at what you’ve already done to support you on what’s next. Plus, Michael highlights the key principles in running effective experiments that transition into new practices. Key Points Fire bullets at the start. Then, fire cannonballs. Discover what your history reveals about your future self. It will open up a window to who you are that will help you when moving on something new. When experimenting, don’t make the experiment bigger or more complex than it needs to be. Avoid putting too much risk in the experiment or investing too much in its success. We have the most learning when we’re struggling with something. Resources Mentioned How to Begin by Michael Bungay Stanier How to Begin overview Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Stop Rescuing People From Their Problems, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 284) How to Become the Person You Want to Be, with James Clear (episode 376) How to Nail a Job Transition, with Sukhinder Singh Cassidy (episode 555) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Jennifer Moss: The Burnout Epidemic Jennifer Moss is an award-winning journalist, author, and international public speaker. She is a nationally syndicated radio columnist, reporting on topics related to happiness and workplace well-being. She is also a freelance writer whose articles have appeared in HuffPost, Forbes, the Society for Human Resource Management, Fortune, and Harvard Business Review. Jennifer’s prior book, Unlocking Happiness at Work, received the distinguished UK Business Book of the Year Award. She also sits on the Global Happiness Council. She is the author of The Burnout Epidemic: The Rise of Chronic Stress and How We Can Fix It*. In this conversation, Jennifer and I explore a few misconceptions about burnout — and also how curiosity and empathy can help to reduce it. We discuss a few key questions leaders can ask to gain insight on how to help. Plus, we detail how to avoid confirmation bias through generic interactions. Key Points Self-care doesn’t cure burnout. Curiosity increases empathy — and empathy from leaders is a fabulous antidote to burnout. There are two kinds of curiosity, epistemic and perceptual. True empathy comes from a focus on epistemic interactions. Go beyond the generic, “How are you?” and instead get more specific with a request like, “Name a high — and a low.” Doing these with a team can help surface how to help. Assume the best. It’s ok to say, “Thank you for sharing this with me. I don’t have any advice. I just want to listen and learn.” Resources Mentioned The Burnout Epidemic: The Rise of Chronic Stress and How We Can Fix It* by Jennifer Moss Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) What to Do With Your Feelings, with Lori Gottlieb (episode 438) Leadership Means You Go First, with Keith Ferrazzi (episode 488) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Andrew Warner: Stop Asking Questions Andrew Warner is an entrepreneur and host of the Startup Stories podcast, where he uncovers the secrets of the world’s best founders. Over the course of 2,000+ episodes, Andrew has interviewed everyone from Barbara Corcoran, to Gary Vaynerchuk, to the founders of Airbnb. After building two startups of his own—one successful and one that failed—Andrew started Mixergy as a way to learn from other entrepreneurs. Today, Mixergy is a place where successful people teach ambitious upstarts through interviews, courses, masterclasses, and events. He is the author of Stop Asking Questions: How to Lead High-Impact Interviews and Learn Anything from Anyone*. In this conversation, Andrew and I discuss what he’s learned about getting people to talk from thousands of hours of interviews and research. We explore some of the key tactics that he uses to help people open up in a genuine way. Plus, we discuss some common questions to avoid that may work against your goal to connect well with the other party. Key Points Help others get comfortable talking about themselves by revealing something about yourself first. They may not reciprocate immediately, but it often opens the door for future depth. Just a word or two can open up an entire new level of a conversation. Try using “Because?” or “How so?” as ways to hear more. People expect leaders to show up and have a direction for the conversation. Not everything needs to be phrased as a question — you may consider making requests like, “Tell me more,” to direct to conversation. Avoid asking questions that try to get people to articulate “most” or “best” answers. People spend too much mental bandwidth trying to rank-order instead of just engaging with the dialogue. When potentially uncomfortable situations come up, allow people an easy way out by giving them two paths they can go down. Resources Mentioned Stop Asking Questions: How to Lead High-Impact Interviews and Learn Anything from Anyone* by Andrew Warner Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Have Conversations That Matter, with Celeste Headlee (episode 344) How to Ask Better Questions, with David Marquet (episode 454) Four Habits That Derail Listening, with Oscar Trimboli (episode 500) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Muriel Wilkins: Coaching Real Leaders Muriel Wilkins is Managing Partner and Co-founder of Paravis Partners. She is a C-suite advisor and executive coach with a strong track record of helping already high performing senior leaders take their effectiveness to the next level. She is also the host of the Harvard Business Review podcast, Coaching Real Leaders and is the co-author, with Amy Su of Own the Room: Discover Your Signature Voice to Master Your Leadership Presence*. Prior to entrepreneurship, she served on the senior team of U.S. News & World Report and also did marketing and strategy work at Accenture and The Prudential. Muriel has been recognized by the Washington Business Journal as one of Metro-DC area’s Top Minority Business Leaders. In this conversation, Muriel and I reflect on our recent client work in order to surface some of the current struggles leaders are facing. We discuss a few trends we’re seeing in relation to diversity, the great resignation, binary thinking, and human relations. Plus, we make a few practical invitations to leaders in order to avoid some common missteps. Key Points Leaders are making the shift from explanation to inquiry in relations to diversity, equity, and inclusion. The next step for many leaders is to consider how they use their power to affect change to the system in the organization. Many leaders are considering the, “Should I stay or should I go?” question without the full context of impact and feeling. Begin by considering the impact you wish to have before making a major change. Beware the trap of binary thinking. Often leaders get fixated on “OR thinking” without considering the opportunity for “AND thinking.” If you catch yourself thinking in “ors” consider how you might bring in some “ands.” Leaders who inherently see value in people development can tend to write off other leaders who they see as only focused on the numbers. It’s helpful to realize that the larger objective is often shared, but style is different. Meet people on their terms with their language. Resources Mentioned Own the Room: Discover Your Signature Voice to Master Your Leadership Presence* by Muriel Wilkins Coaching Real Leaders podcast Related Episodes Enhance Your Executive Presence, with Muriel Wilkins (episode 272) The Way Out of Major Conflict, with Amanda Ripley (episode 529) How to Win the Long Game When the Short-Term Seems Bleak, with Dorie Clark (episode 550) How to Use Power Responsibly, with Vanessa Bohns (episode 551) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, Dean of Teaching and Learning and Professor of Business and Management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, she was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. Bonni is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Lucus asked us for advice on his reading habits as he makes the transition to CEO. Elizabeth wondered the best way to address issues where experienced employees appear resentful about her giving them direction. Beth sent us a question about drawing the line between being a friend and a manager. Resources Mentioned 13 Crucial Books That Every Leader Should Know Drive* by Daniel Pink Readwise Day One Seven Principles for Leading People Older Than You, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 59) How to Manage Former Peers, with Tom Henschel (episode 257) Three Steps to Great Career Conversations, with Russ Laraway (episode 370) Related Episodes Three Steps to Soliciting Feedback, with Tom Henschel (episode 107) How to Make Deep Work Happen, with Cal Newport (episode 233) Tie Leadership Development to Business Results, with Mark Allen (episode 435) How to Help People Thrive, with Jim Harter (episode 532) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

David Schonthal: The Human Element David Schonthal is an award-winning Professor of Strategy, Innovation & Entrepreneurship at the Kellogg School of Management where he teaches courses on new venture creation, design thinking, healthcare innovation and creativity. In addition to his teaching, he also serves as the Director of Entrepreneurship Programs and the Faculty Director of the Zell Fellows Program. Along with his colleague Loran Nordgren, David is one of the originators of Friction Theory – a ground-breaking methodology that explains why even the most promising innovations and change initiatives often struggle to gain traction with their intended audiences – and what to do about it. He is the author with Loran of The Human Element: Overcoming the Resistance That Awaits New Ideas*. In this conversation, David and I discuss how leaders can do a better job at helping others overcome resistance to a new idea. We explore the distinction between friction and fuel — and why leaders tend to miss opportunities to reduce friction. David also shares several, practical strategies that almost all of us can use to reduce the weight of friction with those we are trying to influence. Key Points When introducing something new, we tend to think more about fuel than we do about friction. Both are essential for traction. Repetition is missed opportunity in most organizations. Leaders tend to want to perfect the details too much. Start small with a beacon project to prototype the value change may bring to the organization. Leaning in on making a new idea prototypical will help it be more familiar to those you are trying to influence. Emphasize what is similar — not just what is new. Analogies can help bridge the gap between the new and the familiar. Use an analogy the audience can relate to. Adding an extreme option and/or an undesirable can help transform inertia from a friction into a fuel. Resources Mentioned The Human Element: Overcoming the Resistance That Awaits New Ideas* by Loren Nordgren and David Schonthal Related Episodes How to Succeed with Leadership and Management, with John Kotter (episode 249) How to Pivot Quickly, with Steve Blank (episode 476) The Way Innovators Get Traction, with Tendayi Viki (episode 512) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Jodi-Ann Burey: End Imposter Syndrome in Your Workplace Jodi-Ann Burey is a sought-after speaker and writer who works at the intersections of race, culture, and health equity. Her TED talk, “The Myth of Bringing Your Full Authentic Self to Work,” embodies her disruption of traditional narratives about racism at work. Jodi-Ann is also the creator and host of Black Cancer, a podcast about the lives of people of color through their cancer journeys. She is the author, with Ruchika Tulshyan, of two recent Harvard Business Review articles: Stop Telling Women They Have Imposter Syndrome and End Imposter Syndrome in Your Workplace. In this conversation, Jodi-Ann and I challenge that notion that imposter syndrome is something that an individual should address alone. Instead, we invite managers and organizations to begin to consider their own contributions to “imposter syndrome” and how we can work together with employees to help everybody move forward. We highlight several key actions that managers can take to begin to end imposter syndrome inside of their organizations. Key Points Managers and organizations tend to address the symptoms of imposter syndrome, but not the source. Those who experience imposter syndrome often feel like it is “death by a thousand paper cuts.” Managers can help by reinforcing an employee’s belief in their abilities and chances of success. Listen for what employees are asking for — and explore when they are silent. Managers should be transparent about an organization’s locked doors — and demonstrate that they are also willing to be vulnerable. In private conversations, managers should redirect perceptions and language that do not accurately reflect the value of their employees. Resources Mentioned Stop Telling Women They Have Imposter Syndrome by Jodi-Ann Burey and Ruchika Tulshyan End Imposter Syndrome in Your Workplace by Jodi-Ann Burey and Ruchika Tulshyan Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Three Steps to Great Career Conversations, with Russ Laraway (episode 370) What You Gain By Sponsoring People, with Julia Taylor Kennedy (episode 398) The Way Managers Can be Champions for Justice, with Minda Harts (episode 552) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Sukhinder Singh Cassidy: Choose Possibility Sukhinder Singh Cassidy is a leading technology executive and entrepreneur, board member, and investor with twenty-five years of experience founding and helping to scale companies, including Google, Amazon, and Yodlee. Most recently, she served as president of StubHub, which thrived under her leadership and sold in 2020 right before the pandemic for $4+ billion. She is the founder and chairman of the Boardlist and has been profiled in Fortune, Forbes, The Wall Street Journal, Business Week, and The New York Times, among others. She has been named one of Elle’s Power Women, one of the Most Creative People in Business by Fast Company, and one of the Top 100 People in the Valley by Business Insider. She is the author of Choose Possibility: Take Risks and Thrive (Even When You Fail)*. In this conversation, Sukhinder and I discuss how to handle a transition in a way that works for both you and the organization you’re leaving. We discuss the value of proactive communication and clear timelines — plus some of the hidden costs of transitioning poorly. Finally, we made the invitation to consider transitions in the context of your long-term career goals. Key Points Don’t leave before you leave. Putting in maximum effort until you’re gone protects your reputation and the impact you’ve worked to achieve. Beware the cost of lingering. You likely know the right timeframe for your departure — use that to frame your transition. Leave opportunity in your wake. Use remaining time to set the team up for success, provide coaching and mentoring, and make it an easier transition for others. Tie up loose ends before you depart. Leave the team an organization in a place you would want to inherit if you were the new leader coming in. Take small steps, middle steps, and big steps. Avoid fixating on the myth of the single choice. Careers come together with many choices, over time. Resources Mentioned Choose Possibility: Take Risks and Thrive (Even When You Fail)* by Sukhinder Singh Cassidy Related Episodes How to Challenge Directly and Care Personally, with Kim Scott (episode 302) The Way to Make Better Decisions, with Annie Duke (episode 499) Making the Case for Your Promotion, with May Busch (episode 526) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Liz Wiseman: Impact Players Liz Wiseman is a researcher and executive advisor. She is the author of the New York Times bestseller Multipliers: How the Best Leaders Make Everyone Smarter*, The Multiplier Effect: Tapping the Genius Inside Our Schools*, and Wall Street Journal bestseller Rookie Smarts*. She is the CEO of The Wiseman Group, a leadership research and development firm headquartered in Silicon Valley. Her clients include: Apple, Disney, Facebook, Google, Microsoft, Tesla, Twitter, and many others. Liz has been listed on the Thinkers50 ranking and named one of the top 10 leadership thinkers in the world. She is a former Oracle executive, who worked over the course of 17 years as the Vice President of Oracle University and as the global leader for Human Resource Development. Liz is the author of Impact Players: How to Take the Lead, Play Bigger, and Multiply Your Impact*. In this conversation, Liz and I discuss the mindset that’s most useful in making real traction in an organization. Plus, we explore practical steps that you can take to think bigger and get noticed for your work. Key Points The #1 thing managers appreciate: when employees do things that need doing without being asked. Upward empathy is the ability to consider what the bosses situation feels like — and what they need from you. Pursuing your passion sounds nice in a commencement speech, but can get in the way of what the organization actually needs. A job description might be a starting point, but it’s almost never the ending point. Beware of becoming the foosball player that does hard work in one spot, but misses the bigger picture. Become a nimble midfielder who plays where they are most needed. Resources Mentioned Impact Players: How to Take the Lead, Play Bigger, and Multiply Your Impact* by Liz Wiseman The Wiseman Group Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Benefit of Being a Rookie, with Liz Wiseman (episode 340) Influence Through Overlapping Networks, with Sandie Morgan (episode 422) How to Motivate Leaders, with John Maxwell (episode 452) Keep Your Ideas From Being Stolen (Dave’s Journal) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

David Hutchens: Story Dash David Hutchens helps leaders find and tell their stories. He works with leaders around the world to find, craft, and tell their most urgent stories for the purpose of creating shared meaning, preserving culture, disseminating learning, and speeding change in organizations. He has taught the Storytelling Leader program at some of the most influential organizations — and he’s written many books, including the Circle of the 9 Muses* and The Leadership Story Deck*. He is the co-creator with longtime friend of the show Susan Gerke of the GO Team program. He's also the author of the new book, Story Dash: Find, Develop, and Activate Your Most Valuable Business Stories...In Just a Few Hours*. In this conversation, David and I revisit the power of storytelling and highlight where many leaders go wrong. We explore the common mistakes that David sees in his work all over the world. Plus, we invite listeners into a few practical actions that will help stories land with better impact. Key Points Four mistakes that leaders make: They are not storytelling, sometimes because they don’t see themselves as storytellers or feel like they are performing. They don’t connect the story to the strategic intent but never clearly answering the “why am I telling this story?” question. They avoid emotional content of stories because they either don’t want to be emotional or are presenting to a “numbers person.” They expect it to just happen, instead of making intentional effort to make it happen. Resources Mentioned To receive David Hutchen’s Story Canvas, reach out to him at david@davidhutchens.com and tell him one valuable tip you gained from this episode. Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Four Critical Stories Leaders Need For Influence, with David Hutchens (episode 148) The Way to Influence Executives, with Nancy Duarte (episode 450) The Way to Earn Attention, with Raja Rajamannar (episode 521) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Minda Harts: Right Within Minda Harts is the founder and CEO of The Memo and an advocate for women of color in the workplace. She is a sought-after speaker and thought-leader, frequently speaking on topics of advancing women of color, leadership, diversity, and entrepreneurship. She was named a LinkedIn Top Voice for Equity in the Workplace and was honored as one of BET’s Future 40. She has been a featured speaker at TEDx Harlem, Nike, Levi's, Bloomberg, Google, SXSW, and many other places. She is an adjunct assistant professor of public service at NYU. She also hosts Secure the Seat, a career podcast for women of color. Minda is the author of the bestselling book The Memo* and now her new book Right Within: How to Heal From Racial Trauma in the Workplace*. In this conversation, Minda and I discuss the daily actions that managers can do to support inclusion in the workplace, especially for women of color. We explore the unfortunate realities of systemic racism that still show up in many workplaces and how we can all do better. Plus, Minda invites us to consider the Manager’s Pledge and six key ways we can bring more equity into our organizations. Key Points The State of Black Women in Corporate America report finds that in 2020, Black women held 1.6 percent of vice president roles and 1.4 percent of executive suite positions. When someone says something racially charged, one of two things tend to happen: laugher or silence. We can do better. You don’t need to be the hero, but you do have a responsibility to start. All of us will mess up. Take inspiration from the Japanese art of Kintsugi, where the broken pieces reassembled become more beautiful than the original. We often miss the opportunities that are right in front of us. Starting there is how each of us bring justice into the world. Resources Mentioned Right Within: How to Heal From Racial Trauma in the Workplace* by Minda Harts Minda’s website Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) How to Support Women of Color, with Minda Harts (episode 506) How to Reduce Bias in Feedback, with Therese Huston (episode 510) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Vanessa Bohns: You Have More Influence Than You Think Vanessa Bohns is a social psychologist, an award-winning researcher and teacher, and a professor of organizational behavior at Cornell University. Her writing and research has been published in top academic journals in psychology, management, and law and has also been featured in the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, Harvard Business Review, and NPR's Hidden Brain. Her book is titled You Have More Influence Than You Think: How We Underestimate Our Power of Persuasion, and Why It Matters*. In this conversation, Vanessa and I explore the conclusions of research: we often don’t recognize our own power. We detail some of the common patterns that leaders should watch for in their work. Most importantly, we discuss the practical steps that almost anybody can take to use power more responsibly. Key Points Power can lead people to underestimate their words and actions. A powerful person's whisper can sound more like a shout to the person they have power over. Power tends to lead people to ignore the perspective of others and to feel freer to do whatever they want. The effects of power are not inevitable. You can do better for others by thinking about power as responsibility. Adopt the lens of a third party in order to see the impact of your actions on others. To feel your impact better, ask people what they aren thinking of feeling, rather than simply imagining or assuming. One way to experience your influence by taking action to give positive recognition and feedback. Resources Mentioned You Have More Influence Than You Think: How We Underestimate Our Power of Persuasion, and Why It Matters* by Vanessa Bohns Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Use Power for Good and Not Evil, with Dacher Keltner (episode 254) How to Create Meaningful Gatherings, with Priya Parker (episode 395) How to Negotiate When Others Have Power, with Kwame Christian (episode 416) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Dorie Clark: The Long Game Dorie Clark has been named one of the Top 50 business thinkers in the world by Thinkers50, and was recognized as the #1 Communication Coach in the world by the Marshall Goldsmith Leading Global Coaches Awards. She is a consultant and keynote speaker and teaches executive education at Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business and Columbia Business School. Dorie is the author of the bestselling books Entrepreneurial You, Reinventing You, and Stand Out which was named the #1 Leadership Book of the Year by Inc. Magazine. She has been described by the New York Times as an “expert at self-reinvention and helping others make changes in their lives.” She is a frequent contributor to Harvard Business Review and is now the author of her latest book, The Long Game: How to Be a Long-Term Thinker in a Short-Term World*. In this conversation, Dorie and I discuss how to win the long game, even when things look bleak today. We examine the typical timelines that most professionals should expect in order to get traction on their work. Plus, we highlight three key questions to ask yourself during the toughest times. Key Points It’s often 2-3 years of sustained work before you see noticeable progress. To become a recognized expert, you should expect at least five years of consistent effort. People revisit strategy too often when instead they should often continue to follow their action plan. Even if you end up “losing,” strategize up front end how the time and effort you put in is still a win. When times are toughest, ask three questions: Why am I doing this? How has it worked for others? What do my trusted advisors say? Resources Mentioned The Long Game: How to Be a Long-Term Thinker in a Short-Term World* by Dorie Clark Long Game Strategic Thinking Self-Assessment Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Value of Being Uncomfortable, with Neil Pasricha (episode 448) How to Find Helpful Advisors, with Ethan Kross (episode 516) Making the Case for Your Promotion, with May Busch (episode 526) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Nicol Verheem: Teradek Nicol Verheem is a globally recognized leader and innovator, senior business executive, serial entrepreneur, and prolific angel investor. He has been recognized for his impact in the film industry with a lifetime achievement award from the Society of Camera Operators and an Academy Award for Sciences and Engineering, also known as a Technical Oscar. He was also recently recognized with the Innovator of the Year Award from the leading business journal in Orange County, California. Nicol currently serves on the Executive Management Board of The Vitec Group, as the Divisional CEO of Creative Solutions, and as the CEO of Teradek. As a technology leader, his is responsible for the strategy, roadmap, and execution of Teradek’s highly recognized high tech video products driving more than $100M annual revenue -- with dominant market share across the globe. He is also a member of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. In this conversation, Nicol and I discuss how to take the ideas you hear in books, presentations, and podcasts — and make them your own. Nicol shares many examples of how he has done this in his organization in order grow a team that was ultimately recognized with an Academy Award. Plus, we discuss some of his mindsets that have helped drive the success of Teradek over the years. Key Points Leadership models aren’t always molded to your organization or situation. Adapt the idea to make it a better fit for you. Well intended language by an expert might not match the culture of your organization. Don’t hesitate to change a word or phrase to make sense to your team. Build relationships today with the people who will grow with you throughout your career. That’s “networking for commoners.” When interviewing, ask people about their hobbies or interests in order to discover if you can lead them to live out their passions. Resources Mentioned We'd Like to Thank the Academy by Teradek Coaching for Leaders Academy Related Episodes How to Know What You Don’t Know, with Art Markman (episode 437) How to Build an Invincible Company, with Alex Osterwalder (episode 470) Start Finding Overlooked Talent, with Johnny Taylor, Jr. (episode 544) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Ashley Brundage: Empowering Differences Ashley Brundage is the Founder and President of Empowering Differences. She's overcame homelessness, harassment, and discrimination and then, while seeking employment at a major financial institution, she self-identified during the interview process as a male to female transgender woman and subsequently was hired. She was offered a position and started as a part time bank teller and worked in various lines of business before moving to VP of Diversity & Inclusion in less than 5 years. Since beginning transitioning in 2008, she has worked tirelessly to promote awareness and acceptance of gender identity and expression. She serves on the Corporate Advisory Council for the National LGBT Chamber of Commerce. In 2019, she was voted on the National Board of Directors for GLAAD and has also been named one of Florida’s Most Powerful and Influential Women from the National Diversity Council. She is the author of Empowering Differences: Leveraging Differences to Impact Change*. In this conversation, Ashley and I discuss her experience in the working world as a transgender woman. We highlight key language that every leader should be aware of to support the differences of others. Plus, we discuss the initial steps that leaders can take in the workplace, especially related to gender identity. Key Points The harassment and discrimination that transgender people experience also finds its way into the workplace. Respect people’s pronouns — and leaders can highlight their own in order to create a safe space for others. Comfort and ability to use the restroom is something that organizations should address. A helpful starting point is dialogue and conversation. Beware of binary thinking in relation to gender — and many other ways we identify ourselves. Expand your horizon on the gender continuum. Resources Mentioned Empowering Differences: Leveraging Differences to Impact Change* by Ashley Brundage Empowering Differences Self Assessment Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes What You Gain By Sponsoring People, with Julia Taylor Kennedy (episode 398) How to Reduce Bias in Feedback, with Therese Huston (episode 510) Start Finding Overlooked Talent, with Johnny Taylor, Jr. (episode 544) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Carey Nieuwhof: At Your Best Carey Nieuwhof is a former lawyer, a bestselling leadership author, a podcaster, and the CEO of Carey Nieuwhof Communications. He speaks to leaders around the world about leadership, change, and personal growth. He writes a widely read leadership blog at CareyNieuwhof.com and also hosts the top-rated Carey Nieuwhof Leadership podcast. He’s the author of At Your Best: How to Get Time, Energy, and Priorities Working in Your Favor*. In this conversation, Carey and I explore the reality that so many of us face in both our personal and professional lives: spending time with the wrong kind of people. We discuss how to notice we’re not helping, how to limit time, and what to do when a conversation needs to happen. Plus, we make the invitation to proactively do what often gets missed: spending time with the right people more consistently. Key Points The people who want your time are rarely the people who should have your time. Many leaders give too much time and attention away to people who aren’t helped by the interaction. Having a frank conversation with a person who you’re not helping is usually good for both of you. If you’re not able to limit interactions with the wrong kind of person, line up those interactions outside of your key energy times. A key way to do better at limiting time with the wrong people is to affirmatively decide to spend time with the right people. Resources Mentioned Burnout Quiz At Your Best Today At Your Best: How to Get Time, Energy, and Priorities Working in Your Favor* by Carey Nieuwhof Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Make Deep Work Happen, with Cal Newport (episode 233) The Scientific Secrets of Daily Scheduling, with Daniel Pink (episode 332) How to Prepare for Conflict, with Amy Gallo (episode 530) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Connson Locke: Making Your Voice Heard Connson Locke is Professorial Lecturer in Management at the London School of Economics, where she teaches Leadership, Organizational Behaviour, and Negotiation and Decision Making. She has over 30 years experience as an educator, coach, and consultant working all around the world. Her highly popular Guardian Masterclass Developing Your Presence, Power and Influence regularly sells out. Connson is the recipient of a number of teaching awards from the London School of Economics. She's also the author of Making Your Voice Heard: How to Own Your Space, Access Your Inner Power, and Become Influential*. In this conversation, Connson and I explore the challenging situation that many professionals experience: speaking up. We discuss several key tactics that she has surfaced in her research to do this more effectively. Plus, we highlight several of the lessons Connson has discovered in her own experience that will help us (and others) do this with more success. Key Points Managing your negative emotions can help create movement for you. Reflecting or journaling is a key starting point. Change your attitude about failure by framing a growth mindset. Move away from repetition and towards deliberate practice. Instead of focusing on power difference, zero in on the other person’s role in helping you achieve a greater good. Plan free time around learning a new skill or helping others instead of watching Netflix or sitting on the beach. Resources Mentioned Making Your Voice Heard: How to Own Your Space, Access Your Inner Power, and Become Influential* by Connson Locke Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Use Power for Good and Not Evil, with Dacher Keltner (episode 254) Get Noticed Without Selling Out, with Laura Huang (episode 480) The Way to Make Sense to Others, with Tom Henschel (episode 518) Jumping In (Dave’s Journal) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Christy Wright: Take Back Your Time Christy Wright is a #1 bestselling author, personal growth expert, and host of The Christy Wright Show. She’s also the founder of Business Boutique, which equips women to make money doing what they love. She loves helping women chase their version of success. She's the author of Take Back Your Time: The Guilt-Free Guide to Life Balance*. In this conversation, Christy and I explore how to get practical about what’s important, each day. We discuss effectives ways to use timeframes to establish priorities for ourselves — and how those same timeframes can help us turn off work. Key Points Establishing priorities moves you from a place of feeling like a failure to a place of feeling real success. Most of us are clear on our fixed priorities, but we’re less intentional about the flexible priorities that tend to be more practical in daily life. Consider establishing priorities through the timeframes of seasons, weeks, and days. Having clear priorities helps you not only be productive — but makes it easier to turn it off when it’s time to stop. Resources Mentioned Take Back Your Time: The Guilt-Free Guide to Life Balance* by Christy Wright Related Episodes The Way to Stop Spinning Your Wheels on Planning (episode 319) Align Your Calendar to What Matters, with Nir Eyal (episode 431) How to Be Present, with Dave Crenshaw (episode 511) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Johnny Taylor, Jr.: Reset Johnny Taylor, Jr. is President and CEO of SHRM, the Society for Human Resource Management. Johnny is frequently asked to testify before Congress on critical workforce issues and authors a weekly column, "Ask HR," in USA Today. Johnny was chairman of the President's Advisory Board on Historically Black Colleges and Universities and served as a member of the White House American Workforce Policy Advisory Board during the Trump Administration. He is the author of the new book Reset: A Leader’s Guide to Work in an Age of Upheaval*. In this conversation, Johnny and I highlight the current challenges in discovering talent and the populations that have been historically overlooked. We discuss what SHRM’s research and experience are showing to help leaders make better decisions on finding talent. Plus, we explore how to best handle incentives, so that we create the kind of culture that we will value inside our organizations. Key Points Both line managers in organizations and human resource professionals agree: finding a deep enough talent pool is a big problem. Historically, attracting overlooked talent felt right, but may not have been essential to be competitive. Those times are ending for most organizations. Studies show that organizations who discover talent in older workers, differently abled workers, veterans, the formerly incarcerated, people of color, and LGBTQ populations see positive, long-term results. The incentives for finding overlooked talent often are transactional. To ensure sustainability, leaders must establish this as a value in their organizations. Resources Mentioned Reset: A Leader’s Guide to Work in an Age of Upheaval* by Johnny Taylor, Jr. Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Get the Ideal Team Player, with Patrick Lencioni (episode 301) Hire the Formerly Incarcerated, with Shelley Winner (episode 447) How to Support Women of Color, with Minda Harts (episode 506) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Dave Williams: Leadership Moments from NASA Dave is an astronaut, aquanaut, jet pilot, emergency physician, scientist, CEO, and bestselling author. He is the former Director of Space & Life Sciences at NASA’s Johnson Space Center and has flown in space twice on Space Shuttles Columbia and Endeavour. Dave holds the Canadian spacewalking record and was the first Canadian to live on the world’s only undersea research habitat. He is the recipient of six honorary degrees, the Order of Canada, and the Order of Ontario. Along with Elizabeth Howell, he is the author of Leadership Moments from NASA: Achieving the Impossible*. In this conversation, Dave and I discuss some of the key events from NASA’s history since its inception. We highlight three principles that Dave has uncovered in his research of interviews with NASA leaders over the years. Plus, a few practical tips that can help all of us lead teams more effectively. Key Points Introspection is a key and necessary practice for all leaders to hold — and often pays off in unexpected ways. Speaking up and listening up are critical values that helped support many of the NASA successes over the years. Cultural norms, such as senior leaders showing up regularly at all levels of the organization, can help ensure that communication is actually happening. NASA is an example of the movement away from a single, heroic leader and towards leadership, followership, and teamwork. Resources Mentioned Leadership Moments from NASA: Achieving the Impossible* by Dave Williams and Elizabeth Howell Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes An Astronaut’s Guide To Life On Earth, with Chris Hadfield (episode 149) Leadership Lessons from Space Shuttle Challenger, with Allan McDonald (episode 229) The Path Towards Trusting Relationships, with Edgar Schein and Peter Schein (episode 539) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Kwame Marfo Kwame Marfo is a director at Genentech in the San Francisco area. He is a graduate of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. He joins me in this episode to share how personal values can align intentionally with career choices. Key Points Kwame’s dad inspires the work he does today for others. An effective way to connect with others is to ask what books and podcasts they are listening to. This value of curiosity also came from Kwame’s dad. Getting diversity of leadership experience is useful to expand beyond an industry perspective. Establishing a vision gives clarity to what’s most important. Journaling has helped Kwame reflect on his life and illuminate gaps that lead to action. Don’t trust the summary. Resources Mentioned UnCommon Law Related Episodes Start With Why, with Simon Sinek (episode 223) Craft a Career to Fit Your Strengths, with Scott Anthony Barlow (episode 424) How to Create Your Personal Vision (free membership required) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Dave Stachowiak: Coaching for Leaders In August of 2011, I started Coaching for Leaders as a small, side project. Ten years later, the show — and the community around it — have grown beyond my wildest expectations. In this conversation, my friend Scott Anthony Barlow of Happen to Your Career celebrates the 10-year anniversary of Coaching for Leaders by interviewing me about my journey. Key Points I originally started the podcast as a side project to support a future transition into academia. Three things that I focused on at the start that are still central today: useful conversations, audio quality, and consistency. Focusing on quality and depth of conversations is more valuable than trying to hit everything. I realized at some point that I needed to make an affirmative choice to grow the side project into a business. Although I had considered a transition away from Dale Carnegie for years, my actual departure was (ironically) a non-event. Behavior change is a painful but necessary step in the learning process. There are two ways to bring light into the world. One is to be the light — the other is to reflect it. Bonus Audio What I've Learned About Learning Resources Mentioned Happen to Your Career Related Episodes How to Transform Your Limitations Into Advantages, with Mark Barden (episode 207) Tom Henschel Interviews Dave (episode 300) What High Performers Aren’t Telling You, with Scott Anthony Barlow (episode 466) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Juliet Funt: A Minute to Think Juliet Funt is a renowned keynote speaker and tough-love advisor to the Fortune 500 who is regularly featured in top global media outlets, including Forbes and Fast Company. She is the founder and CEO of The Juliet Funt Group, helping business leaders and organizations to unleash their full potential by unburdening talent from busywork. She has earned one of the highest ratings in the largest leadership event in the world, and she has worked with brands such as Spotify, National Geographic, Costco, Pepsi, Nike, and many more. Her new book is titled, A Minute to Think: Reclaim Creativity, Conquer Busyness, and Do Your Best Work. In this conversation, Juliet and I explore the four assets that many leaders bring to the workplace — and when taken too far, how these assets become risks. Juliet shares four questions we can ask of ourselves (and perhaps of others) that will surface where to start with finding space. Plus, we discuss some of the practical steps leaders can take to influence a culture of margin with their teams. Key Points The science is showing what many of us have experienced intuitively: space itself helps us to explore and expand possibility. Key assets can, if overused, become risks. These risks manifest in four ways: overdrive, perfectionism, overload, and frenzy. Four questions are useful starting points for controlling risk: When the risk is overdrive, the question is: Is there anything I can let go of?  When the risk is perfectionism, the question is: Where is ‘good enough’, good enough? When the risk is overload, the question is: What do I truly need to know? When the risk is frenzy, the question is: What deserves my attention? Resources Mentioned The Busyness Test A Minute to Think: Reclaim Creativity, Conquer Busyness, and Do Your Best Work* by Juliet Funt Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Power of Solitude, with Mike Erwin (episode 308) How to Change Your Behavior, with BJ Fogg (episode 507) How High Achievers Begin to Find Balance, with Michael Hyatt (episode 522) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Edgar Schein and Peter Schein: Humble Inquiry Edgar Schein is Professor Emeritus of MIT's Sloan School of Management. He is the recipient of the Distinguished Scholar Practitioner Award from the Academy of Management, the Lifetime Achievement Award from the International Leadership Association, and the Lifetime Achievement Award in Organization Development from the International OD Network. Peter Schein is COO of the Organizational Culture and Leadership Institute. He provides counsel to senior management on organizational development challenges facing private and public sector entities worldwide. He is a contributing author to the 5th edition of Organizational Culture and Leadership and co-author of Humble Leadership and The Corporate Culture Survival Guide. The pair co-founded the Organizational Culture and Leadership Institute and have written several books together, including two in the Humble Leadership series. They’ve recently released the second edition of Humble Inquiry: The Gentle Art of Asking Instead of Telling*. In this conversation, Edgar, Peter, and I explore the four relationship levels and invite leaders to move professional relationships from level 1 to level 2. A key entry point for this is to artfully reveal some of the things we tend to conceal. We discuss some practical steps to take — and the benefit for leaders and organizations. Key Points The four relationship levels: Level –1: Domination/exploitation Level 1: Transactional (professional distance) Level 2: Personal (openness and trust) Level 3: Intimacy We all conceal things. A useful way to build a relationship is for people to open up more of their concealed selves. A relationship is dance — improv if you will. We need to be willing to share the mic with the other party. Open-ended questions like, “What’s different today?” can help people to show up in the way they want to. Traditionally, we expected the person with more status to take the first step. That doesn’t necessarily need to be the case. Notice your own motivations, interventions, and contributions to the relationship. Resources Mentioned Humble Inquiry: The Gentle Art of Asking Instead of Telling* by Edgar Schein and Peter Schein The Organizational Culture and Leadership Institute Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Path of Humble Leadership, with Edgar Schein and Peter Schein (episode 363) How to Ask Better Questions, with David Marquet (episode 454) Your Leadership Motive, with Patrick Lencioni (episode 505) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Mark Goulston: Talking to Crazy Mark Goulston is a Founding Member of the Newsweek Expert Forum and a Marshall Goldsmith MG100 Coach, who works with founders, entrepreneurs and CEOs in dealing with and overcoming psychological and interpersonal obstacles to realizing their full potential. He is the host of the My Wakeup Call podcast and was a UCLA professor of psychiatry for more than twenty years and is also a former FBI hostage negotiation trainer. One of his many bestselling books is Talking to 'Crazy': How to Deal with the Irrational and Impossible People in Your Life*. In this conversation, Mark and I discuss some of the key principles that are effective in diffusing difficult or irrational behavioral. When that behavior is coming from someone who seems to be a know-it-all, we explore three steps that will help you guide them towards better behavior. Key Points In his book, Mark writes about know-it-alls: They don’t say, “People think I’m a jerk, and I need to change my behavior.” Instead, they say, “People dislike me because they’re stupid and incompetent.” This convinces the know-it-alls that they need to double down on quashing the spirits of their victims. If you treat people like they are nuts are you are not, they will just bite down deeper on their thinking. Lean into their irrationality to change the dynamic. Most people react to know-it-alls by becoming defensive or sullen. You’re better to take to opposite approach. Start by genuinely recognizing the talents and know-it-all brings to the workplace. Lead a conversation about behavior change with them by first leading with a genuine compliment about their talents. Once that is established, describe how their actions are self-defeating in a way that reinforces the strength you’ve highlighted. Resources Mentioned Talking to 'Crazy': How to Deal with the Irrational and Impossible People in Your Life* by Mark Goulston My Wakeup Call podcast with Mark Goulston Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Listen When Someone Is Venting, with Mark Goulston (episode 91) How to Manage Abrasive Leaders, with Sharone Bar-David (episode 290) Where You May Be Provoking Anxiety, with Erica Dhawan (episode 528) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Tsedal Neeley: Remote Work Revolution Tsedal Neeley is a professor at the Harvard Business School. Her work focuses on how leaders can scale their organizations by developing and implementing global and digital strategies. She has published extensively in leading scholarly and practitioner-oriented outlets and her work has been widely covered in media outlets such as the BBC, CNN, Financial Times, NPR, The Wall Street Journal, and The Economist. She was named to the Thinkers50 On the Radar list for making lasting contributions to management and is the recipient of many other awards and honors for her teaching and research. She is the author of Remote Work Revolution: Succeeding from Anywhere*. In this conversation, Tsedal and I explore what the research shows us about productivity and fear around remote work. We highlight three key principles that leaders can lean in on in order to engage remote teams better. Plus, Tsedal provides practical examples on how almost any leader can put these principles into action. Key Points The research has been clear for decades that employees are more productive working remotely. Surveillance software and services are almost always a poor direction for leaders and organizations. Leaders should structure unstructured time for informal interactions — and should be the ones who initiate these conversations. Emphasize individuals and individual differences, even more so than you might in person. Avoid referring to people by their membership in subgroups. In addition to not shutting down conflict, leaders in remote settings need to force it, so the best ideas can emerge on the team. Resources Mentioned Remote Work Revolution: Succeeding from Anywhere* by Tsedal Neeley Tsedal Neeley’s website Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) Transitioning to Remote Leadership, with Tammy Bjelland (episode 509) The Way Out of Major Conflict, with Amanda Ripley (episode 529) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Jonathan Raymond: Good Authority Jonathan Raymond is the founder of Refound, where he and his team work with organizations to create a company culture based in personal growth. He’s the author of the book Good Authority: How to Become the Leader Your Team Is Waiting For*. He's also the creator of the Accountability Dial and the courses Good Accountability and Good Alignment. In this conversation, Jonathan and I discuss the importance of starting with the purpose for a role when considering how to approach one-on-ones. We frame the importance of elevation and linking professional activities with personal growth. Plus, we invite leaders to begin with a few, practical steps. Key Points Begin with the purpose of the role. Clarity on expectations and personal growth will both come from there. Utilize curiosity to begin to align on expectations and what’s next. Elevation is a key competency for managers in one-on-ones. Help employees link what the role needs and how their personal growth aligns to it. Be willing to stay flexible on how often and how long you meet for. There are times when more interaction may be wise, but one-on-ones should not take over your professional life as a manager. Few managers do this well. Even small movement to get better at supporting your employees can provide big returns in retention. Resources Mentioned Good Alignment course* Good Accountability course* Good Authority: How to Become the Leader Your Team Is Waiting For by Jonathan Raymond Related Episodes How to Balance Care and Accountability When Leading Remotely, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 464) How to Define a Role, with Pat Griffin (episode 517) How to Help People Thrive, with Jim Harter (episode 532) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Sandra Sucher: The Power of Trust Sandra Sucher is an internationally recognized trust researcher and professor of management practice at Harvard Business School. She studies how organizations build trust and the vital role leaders play in the process. Before joining Harvard, she was a business executive for 20 years, served on corporate and nonprofit boards, and has been Chair of the Better Business Bureau. As an advisor to the Edelman Trust Barometer, her research has been featured in several national publications. She is the author with Shalene Gupta of the book, The Power of Trust: How Companies Build It, Lose It, Regain It*. In this conversation, Sandra and I explore the three elements of a good apology in the professional setting. We also look at additional elements the research suggests may be useful in many places in our lives. Finally, Sandra highlights some ways we can do better on empathy in order to avoid situations where we destroy trust. Key Points Combine three elements for a good apology, especially in a professional setting: Acknowledgment of responsibility: The offender makes a statement that demonstrates they understand their part in the trust betrayal. Explanation: The offender describes the reasons for the problem. Offer of repair: The offender offers a solution for rebuilding trust. In addition, consider three more elements for apologies in any scenario: Expression of regret: The offender expresses how sorry they are. Declaration of repentance: The offender promises not to make the same mistake again. Request for forgiveness: The offender explicitly asks for pardon. To interrupt the reality that leaders tend to struggle with empathy: Reflect in writing with as much detail as possible about the people and situation in question. Ask yourself, “Am I being fair?” Resources Mentioned The Power of Trust: How Companies Build It, Lose It, Regain It* by Sandra Sucher and Shalene Gupta The Power of Trust website Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Use Power for Good and Not Evil, with Dacher Keltner (episode 254) The Choice for Compassion, with Edith Eger (episode 336) The Way Into Difficult Conversations, with Kwame Christian (episode 497) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Mark asked our advice on how to navigate a sensitive situation with an unsupportive colleague. Geraldine wondered about how to implement management accountability with public sector employees. Samuel asked about building personal capacity. James asked if we were aware of resources for a leadership body of knowledge. Resources Mentioned 7 Habits of Highly Effective People* by Stephen Covey Getting Things Done* by David Allen Center for Creative Leadership Greenleaf Center for Servant Leadership How to Win Friends and Influence People* by Dale Carnegie The Leadership Challenge: How to Make Extraordinary Things Happen in Organizations* by James Kouzes and Barry Posner Society for Human Resource Management (SHRM) Related Episodes Eight Ways To Use Power For Good (episode 154) How to Balance Care and Accountability When Leading Remotely, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 464) How to Say No Without Saying No, with Lois Frankel (episode 471) How to Create Your Personal Vision (free membership required) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Katy Milkman: How to Change Katy Milkman is an award-winning behavioral scientist and professor at The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. She hosts Charles Schwab’s popular behavioral economics podcast Choiceology, and is the co-founder and co-director of The Behavior Change for Good Initiative. Katy has worked with or advised dozens of organizations on how to spur positive change and her research is regularly featured in major media outlets such as The New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, and NPR. She is the author of the book, How to Change: The Science of Getting from Where You Are to Where You Want to Be*. In this conversation, Katy and I explore the research on confidence. We highlight some of the key tactics we can use to enhance our own feelings of confidence. Plus, we explore some of the ways that leaders may be able to support confidence-building in others. Key Points Self doubt affects our ability to take action. Our expectations shape reality. How we think about something affects how it is. Leaders can support those with less confidence by inviting them to be a mentor or coach for others. Set ambitious goals, but allow yourself a limited number of emergency passes when you slip up. Focus on personal experiences that make you feel successful or proud. Resources Mentioned How to Change: The Science of Getting from Where You Are to Where You Want to Be* by Katy Milkman Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Make New Behaviors Stick, with Marshall Goldsmith (episode 196) The Way to Be More Coach-Like, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 458) How to Change Your Behavior, with BJ Fogg (episode 507) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Jim Harter: Wellbeing at Work Jim Harter is Chief Scientist for Gallup’s workplace management and wellbeing practices. He has led more than 1,000 studies of workplace effectiveness and is the bestselling coauthor of It’s the Manager, 12: The Elements of Great Managing, and Wellbeing: The Five Essential Elements. Jim has also published articles in many prominent business and academic journals and he's the author with Jim Clifton of Wellbeing at Work: How to Build Resilient and Thriving Teams*. In this conversation, Jim and I discuss Gallup’s recent research findings on what managers and organizations can do to support wellbeing at work. We highlight the five key elements of wellbeing from the research and the obstacles that managers and organizations face in supporting these. Plus, we share practical steps that each of us can take to support wellbeing among the people in our organizations. Key Points People report that their strongest links to net thriving are “my job” and “my manager.” The five key elements of wellbeing are, in this order: Career, Social, Financial, Physical, and Community. Many people report that “time with a manager” is the worst part of the day. To support better wellbeing, make it a part of regular career conversations. Have open conversations about pay philosophies. Data shows this is even more important than the actual salary. Giving meaningful feedback every week is a basic requirement of management. Gallup’s data shows that only half of employees worldwide know what is expected of that at work, a significant contributor to stress and anxiety. Resources Mentioned Wellbeing at Work: How to Build Resilient and Thriving Teams* by Jim Clifton and Jim Harter Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) How to Manage Abrasive Leaders, with Sharone Bar-David (episode 290) How Teams Use StrengthsFinder Results, with Lisa Cummings (episode 293) Three Steps to Great Career Conversations, with Russ Laraway (episode 370) Gallup Findings on the Changing Nature of Work, with Jim Harter (episode 409) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Manu Mazzanti Manu Mazzanti is an energy giver who brings focus and resilience to bold and daring transformative journeys. As a regional talent development leader for a global consulting firm, Manu is committed to enabling talent potential through coaching, facilitation, and leadership development. He is out there to make an impact as a father, conscious leader, and marathon runner. Manu is also an alum of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. Key Points Ken Coleman’s analogy of climbing the mountain (and realizing you might be on the wrong one) was helpful to identify what was next. Keith Ferrazzi says that leadership starts with us. In addition, we all have the opportunity to do a lot of leading without authority. James Clear’s work was helpful to make habit changes easily instead of trying to make major changes, at all at once. The Academy helped provide a framework for the 2-3 year vision and take daily actions to bring it into reality. Resources Mentioned Manu Mazzanti on LinkedIn Coaching for Leaders Academy Shine: Ignite Your Inner Game to Lead Consciously at Work and in the World* by Carley Hauck Create a World That Works: Tools for Personal and Global Transformation* by Alan Seale and Cheryl Dorsey Related Episodes How to Find Your Calling, with Ken Coleman (episode 352) How to Become the Person You Want to Be, with James Clear (episode 376) Leadership Means You Go First, with Keith Ferrazzi (episode 488) The Way to Make Sense to Others, with Tom Henschel (episode 518) Making the Case for Your Promotion, with May Busch (episode 526) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Amy Gallo: HBR Guide to Dealing with Conflict Amy Gallo is an expert in conflict, communication, and workplace dynamics. She combines the latest management research with practical advice to deliver evidence-based ideas on how to improve relationships and excel at work. She is the author of the Harvard Business Review Guide to Dealing with Conflict*, a how-to guidebook about handling conflict professionally and productively. In her role as a contributing editor at Harvard Business Review, Amy writes frequently about a range of topics with a focus on interpersonal dynamics, communicating ideas, leading and influencing people, and building your career. She is also co-host of Harvard Business Review’s Women at Work podcast, which is in its sixth season. In this conversation, Amy and I discuss some of the key strategies that have emerged from her research on the most effective ways to prepare for conflict. We explore why a larger strategy is more important than a script, how to plan out your message, and the value of taking the other side’s perspective. Key Points Be honest with yourself that a conversation may be difficult, but also seek a constructive way to frame it. Take your counterpart’s perspective, but don’t assume you know everything they are thinking. Plan your message by appealing to a shared goal. Focus your efforts on framing the larger strategy and outcome rather than a specific script or phrases. Avoid scripting out a conversation, but have clarity on how you will start and the 2-3 points you need to convey. When conflict emerges in the organization, leaders are wise to lean into it rather than shutting it down in the moment. Resources Mentioned Harvard Business Review Guide to Dealing with Conflict* by Amy Gallo Harvard Business Review’s Women at Work podcast Amy Gallo’s website Related Episodes How to Manage Abrasive Leaders, with Sharone Bar-David (episode 290) The Way Into Difficult Conversations, with Kwame Christian (episode 497) The Way Out of Major Conflict, with Amanda Ripley (episode 529) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Amanda Ripley: High Conflict Amanda Ripley is an investigative journalist and a New York Times bestselling author. She’s spent her career trying to make sense of complicated human mysteries, from what happens to our brains in a disaster to how some countries manage to educate virtually all their kids to think for themselves. Her first book, The Unthinkable: Who Survives When Disaster Strikes—and Why*, was published in 15 countries and turned into a PBS documentary. Her next book, The Smartest Kids in the World—and How They Got That Way*, was a New York Times bestseller. Her most recent book is High Conflict: Why We Get Trapped and How We Get Out*. In this conversation, Amanda and I discuss the distinction between good, healthy conflict — and high conflict that becomes unproductive for almost everybody. We discuss how humiliation is often such a strong catalyst for high conflict. Finally, we explore many of the practical steps to take in order to avoid the worst conflicts and do better for ourselves and our organizations. Key Points Good conflict often brings surprises, but high conflict is surprisingly predictable. Humiliation is one of the most powerful fire starters in triggering high conflict. Limit humiliation by avoiding attacks on someone’s identity, especially in a public forum. Distancing yourself from “conflict entrepreneurs” can help provide the space to emerge from high conflict. Resist binaries and us vs. them language. When people get sorted into two groups, that can lay a foundation for high conflict. Slowing down conflict can often provide the opportunity to emerge with productive dialogue. Resources Mentioned High Conflict: Why We Get Trapped and How We Get Out* by Amanda Ripley Related Episodes How to Listen When Someone Is Venting, with Mark Goulston (episode 91) How to Deal with Opponents and Adversaries, with Peter Block (episode 328) How to Find Confidence in Conflict, with Kwame Christian (episode 380) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Erica Dhawan: Digital Body Language Erica Dhawan is a globally recognized leadership expert and keynote speaker helping organizations and leaders innovate faster and further, together. Named as one of the top management professionals around the world by Global Gurus, she is the founder and CEO of Cotential, a company that has helped leaders and teams leverage twenty-first-century collaboration skills. Erica’s writing has appeared in dozens of publications, including Fast Company and Harvard Business Review. She is the co-author of Get Big Things Done* and the author of the new book, Digital Body Language: How to Build Trust and Connection, No Matter the Distance*. In this conversation, Erica and I highlight common missteps that cause leaders to generate unnecessary anxiety from their communication. We discuss how brevity, response time, passive aggressiveness, and formality can work against us — and what we can adjust on our own behaviors to do better. Key Points In a way, all of us are now immigrants, processing more interactions in a digital world that is less familiar. Excessive brevity may save a few keystrokes or seconds in the moment, but can generate lots of extra work for the team and organization. Reduce anxiety by being explicit about our expectations on response time and teaching others what to expect from us. Changing tone and formality without explanation can be jarring. Seemingly unimportant choices like who we list first on emails can generate assumptions from those we’re communicating to. Resources Mentioned Digital Body Language: How to Build Trust and Connection, No Matter the Distance* by Erica Dhawan The Digital Body Language Expert Course Related Episodes How to Balance Care and Accountability When Leading Remotely, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 464) How to Run an Online Meeting, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 472) How to Be Present, with Dave Crenshaw (episode 511) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Glenn Parker: Positive Influence Glenn Parker is a team building and organizational consultant to many of the world's leading corporations, including Novartis, Merck, Lucent, and Accenture. He is the author of 15 books, including the bestsellers, Team Players and Teamwork: New Strategies for Developing Successful Collaboration* and Cross-Functional Teams: Working with Allies, Enemies, and Other Strangers*. Glenn's assessment survey, the Parker Team Player Survey, published by CPP, has sold more than one million copies. He is the author with his son Michael Parker of the book, Positive Influence: The Leader Who Helps People Become Their Best Self*. In this episode, Glenn and I discuss the importance of leaders recognizing the contributions of other leaders in our careers — and the ways we can become positive influences for others. We detail the four different ways to be a supportive leader and the first steps that each of us can take to do this more consistently. Key Points Four different ways to be a leader who has a positive influence on others: The Supportive Positive Influence Leader: the one who believes in you The Teacher Positive Influence Leader: the one who helps you develop the skills you need The Motivating Positive Influence Leader: the one who shows you why you need to do something and helps you believe that you can do it The Role Model Positive Influence Leader: the one who demonstrates through their actions how you can be successful Resources Mentioned Positive Influence: The Leader Who Helps People Become Their Best Self* by Glenn Parker and Michael Parker Related Episodes Help People Learn Through Powerful Teaching, with Pooja Agarwal (episode 421) Your Leadership Motive, with Patrick Lencioni (episode 505) How to Be Present, with Dave Crenshaw (episode 511) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

May Busch: How to Get Promoted May Busch is the former Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley Europe. She was promoted 10 times during her 24-year career at Morgan Stanley. Today, she's an executive coach and mentor, helping professionals overcome (often hidden) obstacles, advance to the next level in their careers, and reach their full potential. May is the author of Accelerate: 9 Capabilities to Achieve Success at Any Career Stage and the creator of the How to Get Promoted Course*. In this conversation, May and I discuss the key principles that professionals should consider when advocating for their next promotion. We explore a few of the mistakes that some people rely on — and how to do better through your track record, business case, and future thinking. Plus, May shares several tactics that will help you get visibility on what senior leaders are thinking. Key Points Being a culture carrier is a wonderful place to be in an organization, but it’s not enough for promotion. Threatening to leave can work in some cases, but it’s not laying the groundwork for long-term trust. Your track record should include your accomplishments, experiences, strengths, and skills. Others who are close to you can often help you be more objective on what these are. Ultimately a promotion is a business decision. Help more senior leaders make the business case for why you are the right decision. Perceived risks about you might be fair or not. Regardless, responding in a matter-of-fact manner to concerns is more likely to help you alleviate them. Resources Mentioned Discover What It Really Takes to Get a Promotion*, a free training series by May Busch Accelerate: 9 Capabilities to Achieve Success at Any Career Stage by May Busch Related Episodes Move From Caretaker to Rainmaker, with May Busch (episode 390) How to Work With an Executive Recruiter, with Becky deSouza (episode 406) Craft a Career to Fit Your Strengths, with Scott Anthony Barlow (episode 424) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Marissa King: Social Chemistry Marissa King is professor of Organizational Behavior at the Yale School of Management, where she developed and teaches a popular course entitled Managing Strategic Networks. Over the past fifteen years, she has studied how people's social networks evolve, what they look like, and why that's significant. Her most recent line of research analyzes the individual and group-level behaviors that are necessary for large-scale organizational change. She is the author of Social Chemistry: Decoding the Patterns of Human Connection*. In this conversation, Marissa and I explore the three major categories of personal networks — along with the strengths and challenges of each one. We make the invitation to strengthen your existing network instead of trying to further expand it. Plus, Marissa highlights several practical tips to more fully leverage the power of your own network. Key Points There are three types of networks: Expansionists have extraordinarily large networks and tend to be well known. They tend to be inspiring in both social and professional settings. Brokers generate value by bringing together from different social spaces. Their networks have large information benefits and are innovative. They are adaptive and have better work-life balance. Conveners build dense networks where all theirs friends are also friends. They enjoy deep trust and reputation benefits. Conveners tend to be great listeners. Maintaining great relationships with your existing network is often more productive than attempting to grow entirely new relationships. Those with very close relationships have been able to weather the storm of the pandemic with little impact on loneliness. We tend to underestimate both the strength of our networks and the willingness of others to help us. A starting point to improve the strength of your exiting network is either to be generous to someone by helping them in some way or to ask for support with something that might be helpful to us. Resources Mentioned Social Chemistry: Decoding the Patterns of Human Connection* by Marissa King Assess Your Network Related Episodes Use Power for Good and Not Evil, with Dacher Keltner (episode 254) The Power of Weak Connections, with David Burkus (episode 347) Four Habits That Derail Listening, with Oscar Trimboli (episode 500) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Linda asks advice on how to respond to burnout in her organization. Taylor wonders about the best time to create team expectations. Robert asks how to move forward when his manager doesn’t provide any meaningful feedback. Related Episodes The Way to Lead After a Workplace Loss, with Andrew Stenhouse (episode 142) How to Create Team Guidelines, with Susan Gerke (episode 192) How to Succeed with Leadership and Management, with John Kotter (episode 249) The Path to Start Leading Your Team, with John Piñeiro (episode 349) How to Find Helpful Advisors, with Ethan Kross (episode 516) How to Define a Role, with Pat Griffin (episode 517) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Greg McKeown: Effortless Greg McKeown is a speaker, bestselling author, and the host of the popular podcast What’s Essential. He has been covered by The New York Times, Fast Company, Fortune, Politico, and Inc. and has been interviewed on NPR, NBC, Fox, and many others. He is among the most popular bloggers for LinkedIn and also a Young Global Leader for the World Economic Forum. His New York Times bestselling book Essentialism* has sold more than a million copies worldwide. He's the author of the new book, Effortless: Make It Easier to Do What Matters Most*. In this conversation, Greg and I explore how to simplify by asking key questions of ourselves and others. We discuss the tendency many of us have to work hard, but not necessarily clearly define what we’re trying to achieve. Plus, Greg invites us to look at the minimum steps required to complete what’s most essential. Key Points Take one minute to stop and define what done looks like. Crafting a “done for the day” list can provide clarity and boundaries to help us zero in on what’s most important. Ask yourself: what are the minimum steps required for completion? There’s a key distinction between a minimum number of steps and “phoning it in.” Decide in advance on what kind of work requires A+ effort, and where B effort is sufficient — and perhaps even better. Resources Mentioned Effortless: Make It Easier to Do What Matters Most* by Greg McKeown Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less* by Greg McKeown What’s Essential podcast by Greg McKeown Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Stop Spinning Your Wheels on Planning (episode 319) See What Really Matters, with Greg McKeown (episode 469) How to Change Your Behavior, with BJ Fogg (episode 507) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Michael Hyatt: Win at Work and Succeed at Life Michael is the founder and chairman of Michael Hyatt & Company, which helps leaders get the focus they need to win at work and succeed at life. Formerly chairman and CEO of Thomas Nelson Publishers, Michael is also the creator of the Full Focus Planner*. Michael is the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and USA Today bestselling author of several books, including Free to Focus*, Your Best Year Ever*, Living Forward*, and Platform*. His work has been featured by the Wall Street Journal, Forbes, Inc., Fast Company, Businessweek, Entrepreneur, and other publications. He is the author with his daughter Meghan Hyatt Miller of Win at Work and Succeed at Life: 5 Principles to Free Yourself from the Cult of Overwork*. In this conversation, Michael and I discuss the challenge that many leaders face in finding balance. While many of us are motivated by achievement, Michael invites us to consider the value of nonachievment. We explore where to start and the benefits of being a beginner again through hobbies and other activities, unrelated to our careers. Key Points There’s incredible power in nonachievement. Many high-achieving people tend to have two leisure modes: feeling weird, unsettled, and distracted when taking time off — or vegging out on screens after exhaustion. Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi advises doing something that’s not related to work at all to get you into a different mindset. Beware the belief that your hobby is your work. Spending more time on a hobby that has nothing to do with work can boost confidence in your ability to perform your job well. The challenge for high achievers in starting a hobby is that they must be a beginner again. Getting coaching to help get through these early stages can help. Resources Mentioned Bonus Resources: Win at Work and Succeed at Life Win at Work and Succeed at Life: 5 Principles to Free Yourself from the Cult of Overwork* by Michael Hyatt and Megan Hyatt Miller Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Transcend Work-Life Balance, with Scott Anthony Barlow (episode 315) How to Reclaim Conversation, with Cal Newport (episode 400) Finding Joy Through Intentional Choices, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 417) How to Sell Your Vision, with Michael Hyatt (episode 482) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Raja Rajamannar: Quantum Marketing Raja Rajamannar is Chief Marketing & Communications Officer for Mastercard, and president of the company’s healthcare business. He also serves as president of the World Federation of Advertisers. Raja has held C-level roles at firms ranging from Anthem to Humana, and has overseen the successful evolution of Mastercard’s identity for the digital age, from its Priceless experiential platforms to marketing-led business models. Raja’s work has been featured in Harvard Business School and Yale School of management case studies, and been taught at more than 40 top management schools around the world. He is the author of Quantum Marketing: Mastering the New Marketing Mindset for Tomorrow's Consumers*. In this conversation, Raja and I discuss the reality that traditional advertising as we know it is ending. He also invites us to rethink how we’ve traditionally thought about customer loyalty. Instead of telling stories about our brands, we should be doing the work to create stories along with our customers. Key Points Organizations need to engage in permission-based marketing to be credible to consumers. It’s helpful to think about relationships with consumers as affinity instead of loyalty. Most of what we call advertising today is interruptive to consumers and a poor experience. It’s not entirely dead, but certainly heading that way. Invite consumers into unique experiences by making the transition from storytelling to story making. Create experiences that are scalable and economically viable and sustainable. Smaller firms can seek out opportunities to create partnership that will help them make stories that are purposeful. Resources Mentioned Quantum Marketing: Mastering the New Marketing Mindset for Tomorrow's Consumers* by Raja Rajamannar Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Lead Top-Line Growth, with Tim Sanders (episode 299) Serve Others Through Marketing, with Seth Godin (episode 381) Where to Start on Subscriptions, with Robbie Kellman Baxter (episode 484) If You Build It, They Will Come (Dave’s Journal) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Shannon Minifie: Box of Crayons Shannon is the CEO of Box of Crayons, the firm behind the best-selling books The Coaching Habit* and The Advice Trap*. Box of Crayons is a learning and development company that helps unleash the power of curiosity to create connected and engaged company cultures. Shannon followed an unusual path to becoming CEO of Box of Crayons. Her career began in academia, a pursuit driven by her desire to be a part of conversations she thinks are important. In 2016, she embarked on a new path, starting a career in corporate learning and development. She brings to her role more than a decade of experience in education and in practicing incisive investigation. In this conversation, Shannon and I talk about the word curiosity and the reality that not everybody thinks about that word the same way we do. We explore the distinction between troublemakers and changemakers and provide practical suggestions to inspire more curiosity inside your organization. Plus, we highlight many of the common barriers to utilizing curiosity well. Key Points Curiosity is a state, not a trait. Nobody says they are against curiosity. But the truth is that they’re suspicious of it. Four things tend to hold firms back from the benefits of changemaker curiosity: Complacency: being used to the status quo. Delusion: the belief that they are already good at it. Environment: espoused values vs. what’s being done in practice because of real barriers. The Advice Monster: too much a cultural reliance on advice-giving. Resources Mentioned Box of Crayons The Coaching Habit: Say Less, Ask More & Change the Way You Lead Forever* by Michael Bungay Stanier The Advice Trap: Be Humble, Stay Curious & Change the Way You Lead Forever* by Michael Bungay Stanier Related Episodes How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) The Way to Be More Coach-Like, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 458) How to Build a Coaching Culture, with Andrea Wanerstrand (episode 501) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

David Sparks: MacSparky David Sparks speaks and writes about how to use technology to be more productive. David is a past speaker at Macworld / iWorld and a regular faculty member for the American Bar Association’s TechShow. David has published numerous books and videos on how to use technology including the MacSparky Field Guide series that includes videos and books on managing email, going paperless, and how to make a winning presentation. David is also co-host of the popular Mac Power Users, Automators, and Focused podcasts. When not speaking and writing about technology, he’s a business attorney in Orange County, California. David recently released his Paperless Field Guide*. In this conversation, David and I review the key steps to managing a paperless lifestyle including how to capture, process, edit, and share documents. We share useful hacks to find data in documents, track changes, annotate PDFs, and much more. Key Points The goal of the paperless lifestyle is to provide sanity so you’re not spending time and energy managing paperwork. Scanner Pro is David’s recommended app for most people who want to capture documents easily with optical character recognition (OCR). Getting your documents into PDF format will allow them to be accessible for the future and also protect you from trouble with future software versions. Decide on a personal syntax for how you name files. Including a noun, verb, and date can be useful to surface documents later. Use “track changes” on Microsoft Word or “suggesting” on Google Docs for collaboration, review, and editing. If you use a tablet and do lots of reading or document review, consider utilizing some of the newest features for annotation and markup. Resources Mentioned Paperless Field Guide* by David Sparks LinkedIn Learning is a useful starting point for foundational skills on major software programs like Microsoft Word Mac Power Users podcast Related Episodes How To Get Control Of Your Email, with David Sparks (episode 119) The Way to Stop Spinning Your Wheels on Planning (episode 319) Align Your Calendar to What Matters, with Nir Eyal (episode 431) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Tom Henschel: The Look & Sound of Leadership Tom Henschel of Essential Communications grooms senior leaders and executive teams. An internationally recognized expert in the field of workplace communications and self-presentation, he has helped thousands of leaders achieve excellence through his work as an executive coach and his top-rated podcast, The Look & Sound of Leadership. In this episode Tom and I discuss the common challenge of both making sense to others and making sense of what others say to you. Tom invites us to follow a four step approach of sorting and labeling so that it’s easier for listening to follow our thinking. Finally, we explore some of the common missteps in communicating with more clarity. Key Points The why behind making sense: it’s better for both the sender and the receiver. There are four key parts to the structure of making sense to others: Create a headline Sort into folders Label each folder Transition with precision Tom shared an example of two different ways to communicate a message about presentation skills, one without sorting and labeling, and one with it. Common mistakes in making sense include the espoused number of items not matching the number of actual items, explaining the folders first before setting the stage, and not transitioning well. Resources Mentioned Sorting & Labeling by Tom Henschel (PDF download) Subscribe to Tom's updates Related Episodes Executive Presence with Your Elevator Speech, with Tom Henschel (episode 316) The Way to Influence Executives, with Nancy Duarte (episode 450) Your Leadership Motive, with Patrick Lencioni (episode 505) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Pat Griffin: Dale Carnegie Pat has been actively engaged in helping organizations achieve greater success through the transformation of their people for almost two decades. He is a Dale Carnegie Master Trainer who helps organizations deliver measurable impact on strategic initiatives. Pat has extensive experience with manufacturing and engineering firms due to his previous career in those industries. He helps leaders zero in on process improvement and how the human side of that effort plays a significant role in its success or failure. Today he's Chief Relationship Officer at Dale Carnegie of Western New York. In this conversation, Pat and I discuss how managers can get alignment with employees about the key outcomes of their jobs. Pat invites us to create a Performance Results Description document, align with employees on the results, and then use it for tracking ongoing. Done well, this allows managers to influence better outcomes and provides more clarity for employees on where to place effort for results. Key Points Move past conversations about simply activities and towards conversations about outcomes. Documenting performance management helps create clarity for all parties on the results that are most critical. Managers and employees should work together to create a Performance Results Description (PRD) that captures the ideal results of the role. Within the PRD, Pat suggests that we identify 5-6 Key Result Areas (KRAs) and prioritize them. Example key result areas could be: quality control, new business development, cost analysis, customer evaluations, staffing, etc. Each Key Result Area (KRA) has at least one, and often more than one, performance standard. This is where specific metrics for outcomes can be tracked. An example is: “25% of sales revenue this year was generated from new customer accounts.” Example section of a Performance Results Description (PRD): Key Result Area (KRA): Staffing Performance Standard #1: 25% of external applicants this year self-identify into an underrepresented group, as defined by our companies diversity and inclusion initiative. Performance Standard #2: Two thirds of open requisitions assigned this year are filled within 90 days of posting. Performance Standard #3: Recruiting events are scheduled with at least two universities this year where existing partnerships were not already in place. Resources Mentioned Dale Carnegie Friday workshop series Related Episodes Three Steps to Great Career Conversations, with Russ Laraway (episode 370) Effective Delegation of Authority, with Hassan Osman (episode 413) How to Balance Care and Accountability When Leading Remotely, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 464) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Ethan Kross: Chatter Ethan Kross is one of the world’s leading experts on controlling the conscious mind. As an award-winning professor in the University of Michigan’s top-ranked Psychology Department and its Ross School of Business, he studies how the conversations people have with themselves impact their health, performance, decisions, and relationships. His research has been published in Science, The New England Journal of Medicine, and The Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. He's been featured by Good Morning America, NPR’s Morning Edition, The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal, Harvard Business Review, and many other publications. He's the author of Chatter: The Voice in Our Head, Why It Matters, and How to Harness It*. In this conversation, Ethan and I highlight how introspection can sometimes do more harm than good. Ethan invites us to form a board of advisors that support us with both our emotional and cognitive needs. Plus, he shares the science behind how we can do this effectively for others. Key Points Simply sharing our emotions with others doesn’t help us to recover in any meaningful way. When seeking out advisors, we should find those who support both our emotional needs as well as our cognitive ones. You want a blend of both Captain Kirk and Mr. Spock. 🖖 Reflect on past conversations with advisors and determine if that previously helped you move forward with a challenging situation. That’s a key indicator to determine if they are people you want to keep engaging. Seek out different advisors for different things. A key distinction in supporting others is whether they have specifically sought out of advice or not. If not, being helpful people through invisible means is often useful. Resources Mentioned Chatter: The Voice in Our Head, Why It Matters, and How to Harness It* by Ethan Kross Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Know What You Don’t Know, with Art Markman (episode 437) The Way to Be More Coach-Like, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 458) Leadership Lies We Tell Ourselves, with Emily Leathers (episode 479) Making the Most of Mentoring (free membership required) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Recent Trends Many leaders are seeking advice on how to manage up. We’re noticing that team behavior is a challenge for leaders right now. Listener Question Rudolf asked for recommendations on how to make the most of reading — and how to make time for it. Resources Mentioned Transitions: Making Sense of Life's Changes* by William Bridges with Susan Bridges Managing Transitions, 25th anniversary edition: Making the Most of Change* by William Bridges with Susan Bridges Readwise Related Episodes How to Create Team Guidelines, with Susan Gerke (episode 192) How to Deal with Opponents and Adversaries, with Peter Block (episode 328) How to Start Managing Up, with Tom Henschel (episode 433) How to be Diplomatic, with Susan Rice (episode 456) Giving Upward Feedback by Tom Henschel (The Look & Sound of Leadership) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Tim Stringer: Technically Simple Tim Stringer is a coach, consultant, and trainer and the founder of Technically Simple. He provides productivity, technology and workflow coaching, consulting and training to people and organizations, large and small, all over the planet. His technology specializations include Asana, Daylite, OmniFocus, and Trello. He supports many people in productivity though his website LearnOmniFocus.com -- and also through the Holistic Productivity approach that he developed after coming face-to-face with cancer back in 2008. Tim consults to leaders and organizations on how to use Zoom effectively and recently launched a new course: Leading Effective Zoom Events. In this conversation, Tim and I overview some of the common mistakes of online events, how online can produce even better results than in-person, and ways to engage people quickly. Plus, we review some of the key technology that will support your organization’s outreach efforts. Key Points It’s often a mistake to assume that you’ll be able to lead online events with the same planning and design for in-person events. Opening a meeting early and using the five-minute rule to begin with icebreakers, breakouts, polls, or reactions will help engage people in the event quickly. For events with many people or higher visibility for your organization, have a dedicated technology co-pilot so that hosts and speakers can stay focused on being present. Virtual lounges (with a dedicated host), spotlight and multi-spotlight, practice sessions, and preassigned breakouts can all help the technology disappear and the human connections to take center stage. Some organizations are discovering they are more successful with online events than past in-person ones. Many have had such a positive experience that they plan to continue leveraging virtual events after the pandemic. Resources Mentioned Leading Effective Zoom Events by Tim Stringer Recommended Practices for Engaging Online Events (PDF download) Related Episodes Serve Others Through Marketing, with Seth Godin (episode 381) How to Create Meaningful Gatherings, with Priya Parker (episode 395) How to Run an Online Meeting, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 472) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Lisa Feldman Barrett: Seven and a Half Lessons About the Brain Lisa Feldman Barrett is among the top one percent most cited scientists in the world for her revolutionary research in psychology and neuroscience. She is a University Distinguished Professor of Psychology at Northeastern University, with appointments at Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts General Hospital. She is also Chief Science Officer for the Center for Law, Brain & Behavior at Harvard University. In addition to her bestselling book How Emotions Are Made*, she has published over 240 peer-reviewed, scientific papers appearing in Science, Nature Neuroscience, and other top journals in psychology and cognitive neuroscience. She has also given a popular TED talk with nearly 6 million views and received a Guggenheim Fellowship in neuroscience and an NIH Director's Pioneer Award. In this conversation, Lisa and I discuss the lessons from her newest book, Seven and a Half Lessons About the Brain*. We explore some of the common misperceptions about brain biology and examine how much energy use and conservation affects us. Then, we uncover how we can help ourselves — and others — learn better. Key Points The primary purpose of your brain is to keep you alive. As a result, your brain predicts almost everything you do. Unlike how we perceive, sensing actually comes second for the brain. It’s wired to prepare for action first. Learning is an expensive use of energy. Leaders can cultivate environments for learning by providing stable environments that don’t burn unnecessary energy. Changing behavior in the heat of the moment isn’t likely, but we can change how our brain will predict outside of the moment. You are always cultivating your past, since today’s present becomes the past. That’s how you change the way your brain predicts in the future. Resources Mentioned Seven and a Half Lessons About the Brain* by Lisa Feldman Barrett Lisa Feldman Barrret’s website Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Essentials of Adult Development, with Mindy Danna (episode 273) Help People Learn Through Powerful Teaching, with Pooja Agarwal (episode 421) Four Steps to Get Training Results, with Jim Kirkpatrick (episode 446) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Tendayi Viki: Pirates in the Navy Tendayi Viki is an author, innovation consultant, and Associate Partner at Strategyzer, helping large organizations innovate for the future while managing their core business. He has been shortlisted for the Thinkers50 Innovation Award and was named on the Thinkers50 Radar List for emerging management thinkers to watch. He's written three books based on his research and consulting experience, Pirates In The Navy*, The Corporate Startup* and The Lean Product Lifecycle*. The Corporate Startup * was awarded the CMI Management Book Of The Year In Innovation and Entrepreneurship. He is also a regular contributing writer for Forbes. In this conversation, Tendayi and I discuss how innovators often take on the role of pirates in the navy. We explore the mindset that innovators inside organizations need to avoid the common mistakes in advancing new ideas. Plus, we discuss why innovators should ignore detractors early on, parter with early adopters, and use early wins to move forward. Key Points Middle managers may stifle innovation, but often that’s because of internal pressure from those at the top to keep results coming. Innovators should beware basking in the glow of the CEO. It’s essential to engage other stakeholders in the business. Partnering with early adopters is essential for innovators. These are the managers who have existing frustrations with the status quo and are already trying new things. Celebrate early wins through blog posts, workshops, success stories, interviews, and even external conferences. These help you gain credibility. Beware basking too much in early wins. The point of early wins is to give you credibility to move on to the next stage. Resources Mentioned Pirates In The Navy: How Innovators Lead Transformation* by Tendayi Viki The Corporate Startup: How Established Companies Can Develop Successful Innovation Ecosystems* by Tendayi Viki, Dan Toma, and Esther Gone The Lean Product Lifecycle: A Playbook for Making Products People Want* by Tendayi Viki, Craig Strong, and Sonja Kresojevic In Defense Of Middle Managers Who Stifle Innovation by Tendayi Viki Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Nurture New Ideas, with Safi Bahcall (episode 418) How to Start Seeing Around Corners, with Rita McGrath (episode 430) How to Build an Invincible Company, with Alex Osterwalder (episode 470) How to Pivot Quickly, with Steve Blank (episode 476) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Dave Crenshaw: The Myth of Multitasking Dave Crenshaw develops productive leaders in Fortune 500 companies, universities, and organizations of every size. He has appeared in Time magazine, USA Today, FastCompany, and the BBC News. His courses on LinkedIn Learning have been viewed tens of millions of times. His five books have been published in eight languages, the most popular of which is The Myth of Multitasking: How “Doing It All” Gets Nothing Done*. In this conversation, Dave and I discuss why multitasking is a myth and how switchtasking stops us from being efficient. We highlight a few key indicators that will help you determine if you’re switchtasking more that you imagine. Finally, we detail three practical steps you can take to be more present for yourself and others. Key Points 40% of knowledge workers never get more than thirty minutes straight of focused time. True multi-tasking is a myth. Most people are switchtasking — and losing time when they do it. An indicator that you might not be present with others is if they linger when conversations are complete. Determining when you will give people your full attention will help both of you be more efficient during (and outside) those conversations. Tracking your weekly timeline will help you make better decisions about where to be most present. Your calendar is your best time management app. Resources Mentioned Time Management Fundamentals by Dave Crenshaw on LinkedIn Learning The Myth of Multitasking: How “Doing It All” Gets Nothing Done by Dave Crenshaw Related Episodes Finding Joy Through Intentional Choices, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 417) Align Your Calendar to What Matters, with Nir Eyal (episode 431) See What Really Matters, with Greg McKeown (episode 469) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Therese Huston: Let’s Talk Therese Huston is a cognitive scientist and the founding director of the Center for Excellence in Teaching and Learning at Seattle University. She has written for The New York Times and the Harvard Business Review and has previously given talks at Microsoft, Amazon, TEDxStLouis, and Harvard Business School. Her prior books are titled Teaching What You Don't Know* and How Women Decide*. She's the author of the book Let's Talk: Make Effective Feedback Your Superpower*. In this conversation, Therese and I discuss how we can reduce bias that may unintentionally show up in our feedback. We examine several of the key feedback challenges for managers, including telling women they need to speak up, that they are too aggressive, or concerned they will “take it the wrong way.” We also highlight key language that can help leaders make these conversations more productive and transparent. Key Points Managers tend to sugarcoat feedback, but especially when feedback is being given to women. If someone is coming across aggressively, consider language like, “I’m not sure if that feedback is fair or unfair, but I wanted you to know it’s the impression some people have of you.” When giving feedback with the intention to help somebody improve, invoke high standards and assure the other person they can reach those standards. When feedback brings out strong emotion, help people restore their own control vs. trying to control. Research show that when giving feedback to someone whose face stands out, we spout vague pronouncements about how nice they are to be around. Resources Mentioned Let's Talk: Make Effective Feedback Your Superpower* by Therese Huston Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Three Steps To Soliciting Feedback, with Tom Henschel (episode 107) How Women Make Stronger, Smarter Choices, with Therese Huston (episode 255) How to Manage Abrasive Leaders, with Sharone Bar-David (episode 290) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Tammy Bjelland: Workplaceless Tammy Bjelland is the Founder and CEO of Workplaceless, a training company that teaches remote workers, leaders, and companies how to work, lead, grow, and thrive in distributed environments. Workplaceless is a fully distributed company supporting enterprise, remote, and government clients such as Toyota, GitLab, and the US Department of Commerce. In this conversation, Tammy and I discuss how leaders can establish a mindset that helps them lead remote teams more successfully. We discuss how to take on a placeless mindset, explore the importance of shifting from how to why, and the best starting points for a communication charter. Key Points Five key principles of a Placeless mindset: Embrace location independence over physical presence. Empower autonomous work with flexible schedules. Impact productivity with asynchronous communication and collaboration. Be open and transparent. Trust your colleague and employees. Fear of losing control tends to keep organizations from being able to make useful shifts in mindset. Leaders and organizations that move beyond the “how” of remote work and focus first on the “why” will have more sustainable success. Beware of simply trying to replicate what happened in the office. The whole point of remote work is that it is not like the office. Establish a communication charter. This makes it clear what tools are best — and also how to intervene when things don’t work as anticipated. Resources Mentioned Placeless Mindset by Workplaceless Goplaceless by Workplaceless Related Episodes Start With Why, with Simon Sinek (episode 223) How to Balance Care and Accountability When Leading Remotely, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 464) How to Lead a Remote Team, with Susan Gerke (episode 465) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Stefanie Johnson: Inclusify Stefanie Johnson is an author, professor, and keynote speaker who studies the intersection of leadership and diversity, focusing on how unconscious bias affects the evaluation of leaders and strategies that leaders can use to mitigate bias. Stefanie is an associate professor at the University of Colorado Boulder’s Leeds School of Business, teaching courses on leadership and inclusion. She is also a member of the Marshall Goldsmith 100 Coaches program and was selected for the 2020 Thinkers50 Radar List. She is a frequent contributor to Harvard Business Review and many other publications. In this conversation, Stefanie and I discuss her book Inclusify: The Power of Uniqueness and Belonging to Build Innovative Teams*. We look at how optimism may get in the way of building an inclusive workforce. Plus, Stefanie invites leaders to make public commitments and begin using metrics to track performance. Key Points Our two most basic human desires are to be unique and to belong. Leaders often end up with either cohesive teams of people who all act similarly or a lot of diverse individuals who don’t gel. Optimists intend well, but don’t initiate real change unless something triggers them to do so. Optimists should be more public with their commitment to be champions for uniqueness and belonging. Organizations and leaders should set metrics for diversity, just as they do for almost everything else. Resources Mentioned Inclusify: The Power of Uniqueness and Belonging to Build Innovative Teams* by Stefanie Johnson Inclusify Card Games by Stefanie Johnson Book Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Make Inclusion Happen, with Deepa Purushothaman (episode 307) How to Lead Meetings That Get Results, with Mamie Kanfer Stewart (episode 358) How to Support Women of Color, with Minda Harts (episode 506) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

BJ Fogg: Tiny Habits BJ Fogg is a behavior scientist, with deep experience in innovation and teaching. He's directed a research lab at Stanford University for over 20 years. He trains innovators to create solutions that influence behavior for good in the areas of health, sustainability, financial wellbeing, learning, productivity, and more. He is an expert in behavior change, from habit formation to company culture change. Fortune Magazine named him a "New Guru You Should Know" for his insights about mobile and social networks. His is the author of the New York Times bestseller Tiny Habits: The Small Changes That Change Everything*. In this conversation, BJ and I discuss why new information alone doesn’t tend to lead to the behavior change most of us want. Instead, we explore BJ’s research and a key, 3-step process that will help all of us to create habits that stick. Plus, he points out that habits are even more about emotion than they are about repetition. Key Points Information does not lead to action. It’s a myth that it takes 21 or 66 days to create a habit. Repetition doesn't create habits. Emotions create habits. People change best by feeling good, not by feeling bad. The feeling of success is what wires in the habit. A garden is a useful analogy for habits. There is a season for every habit — and they often are not permanent. Create a tiny habit through an ABC process: anchor moment, a tiny behavior, and instant celebration. Avoid raising the bar on the tiny behavior. Do more if you want to, but don’t change the standard. Resources Mentioned Tiny Habits: The Small Changes That Change Everything* by BJ Fogg BJ’s website Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Tame Your Inner Critic, with Tara Mohr (episode 232) Six Tactics for Extraordinary Performance, with Morten Hansen (episode 337) Tie Leadership Development to Business Results, with Mark Allen (episode 435) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Minda Harts: The Memo Minda Harts is the founder and CEO of The Memo and an advocate for women of color in the workplace. She is a sought-after speaker and thought-leader, frequently speaking on topics of advancing women of color, leadership, diversity, and entrepreneurship. In 2018, Minda was named as one of 25 Emerging Innovators by American Express. Minda has been a featured speaker at TEDx Harlem, Nike, Levi's, Twitch, Bloomberg, Google, LinkedIn, SXSW, and many other places. She is an adjunct assistant professor of public service at NYU’s Robert F. Wagner Graduate School of Public Service. She also hosts Secure the Seat, a weekly career podcast for women of color. She's the author of the bestselling book The Memo: What Women of Color Need to Know to Secure a Seat at the Table*. In this conversation, Minda and I discuss the motivation for her work and the reality that recent events have been for women of color in the workplace. Minda shares some of the common obstacles that, good intentions aside, keep white folks from supporting women of color in their careers. Plus, we highlight some of the key offenses white leaders tend to make and how all of us can do better. Key Points While many leaders notice and consider the events of the day, the news often hits in a personal way for women of color. When asked, women of color tend to report that it’s white men who are showing up as sponsors and mentors. A key trigger point for women of color is to be described as “articulate.” The word “women” tends to be used as a one-size-fits-all. Be mindful that women don’t all experience the workplace in the same way. One key action white leaders can take to be a better success partner is ensuring the voices of women of color show up on diversity panels and as speakers. Resources Mentioned The Memo: What Women of Color Need to Know to Secure a Seat at the Table* by Minda Harts Minda’s website Book Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Use Power for Good and Not Evil, with Dacher Keltner (episode 254) What You Gain By Sponsoring People, with Julia Taylor Kennedy (episode 398) Journey Towards Diversity and Inclusion, with Willie Jackson (episode 441) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Patrick Lencioni: The Motive Pat is one of the founders of The Table Group and is the pioneer of the organizational health movement. He is the author of 11 books, which have sold over 6 million copies and been translated into more than 30 languages. As President of the Table Group, Pat spends his time speaking and writing about leadership, teamwork, and organizational health and consulting with executives and their teams. He is the author of The Motive: Why So Many Leaders Abdicate Their Most Important Responsibilities*. In this conversation, Pat and I discuss the distinction between reward-centered leaders and service-orientated leaders. We explore the five omissions that reward-centered leaders tend to make and how to avoid these omissions. Plus, Pat introduces his Working Genius model. Key Points When leaders are motivated by personal reward, they will avoid the unpleasant situations and activities that leadership requires. -Patrick Lencioni 5 Omissions of Reward-Centered Leaders: Developing the leadership team Managing subordinates (and making them manage theirs) Having difficult or uncomfortable conversations Running great team meetings Communicating constantly and repetitively to employees Many of the reward-focused CEOs I’ve known will attempt to justify their abdication of managing their people by saying, ‘I hire experienced executives and I trust them. They shouldn’t need me to manage them.’ Of course, this is inane. Managing someone is not a punitive activity, nor a sign of distrust. -Patrick Lencioni Resources Mentioned The Motive: Why So Many Leaders Abdicate Their Most Important Responsibilities* by Patrick Lencioni Working Genius assessment (use code COACHING for 50% off) Interview Notes Download my interview notes in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Create an Unstoppable Culture, with Ginger Hardage (episode 350) How to Lead Meetings That Get Results, with Mamie Kanfer Stewart (episode 358) Three Stories to Tell During Uncertainty, with David Hutchens (episode 486) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Julia Taylor Kennedy: Coqual Julia Taylor Kennedy is an Executive Vice President at Coqual, driving cutting-edge research into the issues impacting today's professional workforce. She led The Sponsor Dividend research and co-authored Disabilities and Inclusion, Mission Critical: Unlocking the Value of Veterans in the Workforce, and The Power of the Purse: Engaging Women for Healthy Outcomes. She has spoken at the United Nations, the Carnegie Council for Ethics and International Affairs, the Conference Board — and many other places — and she’s been featured in The Washington Post, CBS News, Forbes, Time, and Harvard Business Review. Coqual recently released a new report, titled, The Power of Belonging: What It Is and Why It Matters in Today’s Workplace. Key Points A slight uptick in belonging leads to a sizable increase in engagement/loyalty. White men and women have the highest belonging scores. Black and Asian women have the lowest. Organizations can move beyond espousing support by setting clear metrics and also inviting in external stakeholders for accountability. Senior leaders set the tone for what the organization does (or does not do) to support belonging. While there is not yet enough action from white, straight leaders, there is movement in espoused support and concern for belonging. Resources Mentioned The Power of Belonging by Coqual How to Be an Antiracist* by Ibram X. Kendi White Fragility: Why It's So Hard for White People to Talk About Racism* by Robin DiAngelo Related Episodes What You Gain By Sponsoring People, with Julia Taylor Kennedy (episode 398) Journey Towards Diversity and Inclusion, with Willie Jackson (episode 441) Changed My Mind (Dave’s Journal) Making the Most of Mentoring (audio course) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Joyce asked our advice on organizational culture assessments. Nina wondered how to create a cohesive culture which allows for unique cultures in each workforce segment. Bonni and Dave shared some recent technology they are playing with, including 1Password and Readwise. Resources Mentioned Human Synergistics 1Password Readwise* Related Episodes The Four Critical Stories Leaders Need For Influence, with David Hutchens (episode 148) How to Create an Unstoppable Culture, with Ginger Hardage (episode 350) The Path of Humble Leadership, with Edgar Schein and Peter Schein (episode 363) Get Smart About Assessments, with Ken Nowack (episode 371) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Chris Hogan: Everyday Millionaires Chris Hogan is a best-selling author, a personal finance expert, and a leading voice on retirement, investing, and building wealth. His goal is to help as many people as possible avoid financial traps and set their families up for the future. His book Retire Inspired: It’s Not an Age; It’s a Financial Number* is a number one national best seller. He is also the author of Everyday Millionaires: How Ordinary People Built Extraordinary Wealth―and How You Can Too*. In this conversation, Chris and I discuss the national study that his organization conducted on everyday millionaires. We address some of the common misconceptions about millionaires. Plus, we detail both the mindset and behaviors that millionaires have that support the creation of wealth. Key Points The top three occupations for millionaires are engineer, accountant, and teacher. Millionaires steer clear of debt. Millionaires have a mentality of abundance vs. scarcity. They embrace change and usually see adversity as an opportunity for growth. Millionaires are frugal, not flashy. They spend less than the general population on groceries, restaurants and clothing. Employer sponsored retirement plans are a key vehicle the vast majority of millionaires use to build wealth. Only 1 in 5 millionaires receive any kind of inheritance. Resources Mentioned Everyday Millionaires: How Ordinary People Built Extraordinary Wealth―and How You Can Too* by Chris Hogan Related Episodes Improve Your Financial Intelligence, with Joe Knight (episode 244) Four Rules to Get Control of Your Money, with Jesse Mecham (episode 356) Dumb Things Smart People Do With Money, with Jill Schlesinger (episode 396) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Andrea Wanerstrand: Microsoft & International Coach Federation Andrea Wanerstrand is a leadership coach and head of Microsoft Worldwide Learning Coaching Programs. Andrea has 15+ years of international experience in organizations ranging from 50 to over 150,000+ employees. She has a multi-industry background including technology solutions and services, business management consulting, and telecommunications. Andrea’s expertise is in leading the development and management of large-scale global coaching & leadership development programs specializing in customer centric organizations. In addition to leading the global coaching programs at Microsoft, she is an International Coaching Federation (ICF) PCC certified leadership coach, serves as a current Board Member on the ICF Global Board of Directors, and is a Fellow at the Institute of Coaching – Harvard McLean. In this conversation, Andrea and I discuss how the conversation about coaching culture started at Microsoft and how they began to bring this intention into practice. Plus, she shares what worked in designed programs for Microsoft leaders that helped in developing coaching skills and support the success of the entire organization. Key Points In their report on Building a Coaching Culture with Managers and Leadership, the International Coach Federation and Human Capital Institute say: Organizations with a strong coaching culture report recent revenue above their industry peer group (51% of organizations compared to 38% of other responding organizations). Sixty-four percent of respondents in organizations with strong coaching cultures report the presence of all three modalities, compared to 33% of respondents in organizations without strong coaching cultures. Three modalities of coaching: Coaching Services: formal global solutions for engaging with point in time development focused coaching (can leverage internal or external coaches). Coaching Capabilities: in the moment leadership behavior that facilitates empowerment, learning and activates a growth mindset. Coaching Champions: A common framework and approach to create and support a community of leaders/manager as well as internal coaches who are held to common standards and practices fostering coaching capabilities. Resources Mentioned Andrea Wanerstrand Related Episodes How to Improve Your Coaching Skills, with Tom Henschel (episode 190) These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) Move Coaching from Theory to Practice, with Jason Weeman (episode 493) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Oscar Trimboli: Deep Listening Oscar is a mentor, coach, speaker, and author. He was a director at Microsoft for over a decade and headed up the MS Office division in Australia. Today, Oscar works with leadership teams and their organizations on the importance of clarity to create change, how to embrace the digital economy, and the role values play in the achievement of your purpose. He is the author of Deep Listening: Impact Beyond Words*. In this conversation, Oscar details the four habits that tend to derail our listening. We explore the patterns and behaviors of each habit, and how we can work to do better. Plus, Oscar invites us to notice feelings instead of words — as well as HOW people are saying things, not just WHAT they are saying. Key Points Four habits that derail listening: Dramatic Listener They get engrossed in the emotion and want to become an actor in it. Dramatic listeners tend to get caught up in the problem so much so that they don’t hear the idea or the solution. They may come away from an interaction feeling like they’ve really connected when in fact, they haven’t. Interrupting Listener We notice these people the most. They are coming from a place of concern and tend to listen to fix and solve the problem. They finish sentences wrongly and many listen for places to jump in as much as they are listening for the words. Lost Listener These listeners tend to zone out and appear not present. Lost listeners may be focused on something else. Technology devices have the potential to distract them substantially. Shrewd Listener These listeners are solving the current problem and also the next problem. They may create problems in their own mind that aren’t even what speaker said. They are smart enough not to interrupt, and often appear very engaged, but are not necessarily listening. Resources Mentioned Oscar’s Listening Quiz Deep Listening: Impact Beyond Words* by Oscar Trimboli The Four Villains of Listening (Deep Listening podcast) Book Notes Download my highlights from Deep Listening in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Have Conversations That Matter, with Celeste Headlee (episode 344) Get Better at Deep Listening, with Oscar Trimboli (episode 408) The Way to Be More Coach-Like, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 458) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Annie Duke: How to Decide Annie Duke is an author, corporate speaker, and consultant in the decision-making space. As a former professional poker player, Annie won more than $4 million in tournament poker before retiring from the game in 2012. Prior to becoming a professional player, Annie was awarded a National Science Foundation Fellowship to study Cognitive Psychology at the University of Pennsylvania. She is the co-founder of The Alliance for Decision Education, a non-profit whose mission to improve lives by empowering students through decision skills education. Annie is the author of Thinking in Bets* and her newest book, How to Decide: Simple Tools for Making Better Choices*. Key Points Better decision-making aims to reduce resulting and hindsight bias. Avoid using a pro/cons list in decision-making, as it tends to reinforce biases you already have. Use a decision tree to document potential decisions, possible outcomes, and the likelihood those outcomes will occur. More people being involved in a decision is helpful, assuming you are actually leveraging each person’s independent thinking. Negative thinking will help you foresee potential problems along the path of your decision so you can do a better job of mitigating issues before they occur. Resources Mentioned How to Decide: Simple Tools for Making Better Choices* by Annie Duke Thinking, Fast and Slow* by Daniel Kahneman The Checklist Manifesto: How to Get Things Right* by Atul Gawande The Alliance for Decision Education Book Notes Download my highlights from How to Decide in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How Women Make Stronger, Smarter Choices, with Therese Huston (episode 255) How to Approach Corporate Budgeting, with Jody Wodrich (episode 355) How to Ask Better Questions, with David Marquet (episode 454) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Rajat asked us about the best ways to create management structures in his organization. Cathy wondered how we let things go in moments of personal frustration. Janet asked advice for forming and sustaining business partnership and alliances. Resources Mentioned Leadership and Self-Deception: Getting Out of the Box* by The Arbinger Institute Scaling Up: How a Few Companies Make It...and Why the Rest Don't* by Verne Harnish Traction: Get a Grip on Your Business* by Gino Wickman Clockwork: Design Your Business to Run Itself* by Mike Michalowicz Good to Great: Why Some Companies Make the Leap...And Others Don't* by Jim Collins Related Episodes Three Keys to Effective Business Alliances, with Aaron Kent (episode 162) How to Create Team Guidelines, with Susan Gerke (episode 192) The Truth and Lies of Performance Management, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 361) Performance Measurement That Gets Results, with Stacey Barr (episode 419) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Kwame Christian: Negotiate Anything Kwame Christian is the Director of the American Negotiation Institute and business lawyer at Carlile Patchen & Murphy. His popular TED talk is titled Finding Confidence in Conflict. Today, he’s working extensively with organizations to help them improve their skills on negotiation and conflict resolution. Kwame hosts the top negotiation podcast, Negotiate Anything and is the author of the book Finding Confidence in Conflict: How to Negotiate Anything and Live Your Best Life*. Key Points Use the compassionate curiosity framework: Acknowledge and validate emotions Get curious with compassion Joint problem solving If a difficult situation needs to be discussed, giving a heads up to the other party in advance helps them to work through the initial, emotional reaction and reset for a more productive conversation. Separating conversations about the content or service being offered from the deal itself can be useful to focus energy in the right places at the right time. This is especially useful for creative folks or those who might be highly sensitive to negotiations. When dealing with someone who is not behaving well, use the phrase “The problem is…” as a transition point that provides you more agency in the conversation. Resources Mentioned Free Negotiation Guides from Kwame Negotiate Anything podcast Finding Confidence in Conflict: How to Negotiate Anything and Live Your Best Life* by Kwame Christian Book Notes Download my highlights from Finding Confidence in Conflict in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes An Astronaut’s Guide To Life On Earth, with Chris Hadfield (episode 149) The Way to Have Conversations That Matter, with Celeste Headlee (episode 344) How to Find Confidence in Conflict, with Kwame Christian (episode 380) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Andy Kaufman: People and Projects Podcast Andy is a keynote speaker and author on leadership and project management. He’s President of the Institute for Leadership Excellence & Development and works with organizations around the world, helping them improve their ability to deliver projects & lead teams. He’s also a certified Project Management Professional (PMP®) and a member of the Project Management Institute (PMI®). Andy is author of Navigating the Winds of Change: Staying on Course in Business & in Life, Shining the Light on The Secret and an e-book entitled How to Organize Your Inbox & Get Rid of E-Mail Clutter and he’s the host of the People and Projects Podcast. Key Points Change is inevitable — and should not be viewed as the enemy. Often, our training and education tends to lead us towards not thinking in the terms of quick wins. Agile is about incremental delivery. Frequency is valued. Our bias should be towards shorter intervals. Quick wins ultimately help you generate much faster feedback, leading to future steps. Resources Mentioned People and Projects Podcast by Andy Kaufman Related Episodes How to Succeed with Leadership and Management, with John Kotter (episode 249) The Path of Humble Leadership, with Edgar Schein and Peter Schein (episode 363) How to Pivot Quickly, with Steve Blank (episode 476) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Stephen Hart: Trailblazers.FM Stephen is the host of the podcast Trailblazers.FM, helping entrepreneurs and leaders build amazing personal brands that are impactful, relatable and profitable. He features the stories of brilliant Black men and women – to help teach actionable strategies, valuable tactics and innovative tools that they can use on the journey to becoming transformative trailblazers. He’s also the creator of Brand in Demand which helps busy, heart-centered entrepreneurs and leaders through a proven step by step process to build an amazing personal brand that is authentic, impactful and profitable. Use coupon code CFL200 if you decide to dive in on Stephen’s course. In this conversation, Stephen and I go beyond creating a LinkedIn profile and discuss how to be more proactive on LinkedIn. By writing articles, creating short videos, or even streaming, you can gain organic attention on LinkedIn that isn’t always as accessible on other social media platforms. We discuss some of the key strategies to start and sustain a presence on LinkedIn. Key Points Articles can be used effectively to create content if you’re not yet ready for video, but still interested in building your personal brand. Consider a series of articles or other content that highlight your personal brand and speak to your leadership credibility. Use short videos (3-5 minutes) to tell a story that leads to a call to action. LinkedIn videos typically get more organic views than other social platforms. Live videos or steaming engage real-time conversations to have dialogue that invites relationships to go further. Resources Mentioned Brand in Demand (use coupon code CFL200 for $200 off) Related Episodes How to Write a Killer LinkedIn Profile, with Brenda Bernstein (episode 285) Permission to Be Yourself, with Bar Schwartz (episode 414) Find Your Leadership Voice, with Johanna Nalau (episode 420) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Liz wondered how a manager can empathize with an employee while continuing to uphold the businesses needs. Chris asked about fostering innovation while maintaining business efficiency. Colette wanted to know what activity was most helpful for us to decide the next direction of our careers. Dave and Bonni asked each other about what is giving life right now, and what is taking life away. Resources Mentioned 7 Habits of Highly Effective People* by Stephen Covey Design Thinking Methods: Affinity Diagrams by Matthew Weprin Related Episodes How to Lead Part-Time Staff, with Chris Deferio (episode 289) How to Work With an Executive Recruiter, with Becky deSouza (episode 406) How to Build an Invincible Company, with Alex Osterwalder (episode 470) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Jason Weeman: Upwork Jason Weeman works to build meaningful relationships by creating experiences that are inspiring and transformational. He has worked for some of the top brands in the world, including Apple, LinkedIn, and Upwork. Today, he is the head of corporate learning and development at Upwork. One of the key areas of focus for his team and him is building a coaching culture. In this conversation, Jason and I discuss how his team was a catalyst for coaching culture at Upwork. We discuss what worked to influence culture in this way, what didn’t work, and the lessons they learned along the way. Key Points Be lazy, be curious, be often. -Michael Bungay Stanier Organizations are trying to create a culture for coaching, but not giving the feedback. The stronger that we develop a sense of common language on feedback, the better we get on quality. People sometimes don’t believe it should be so simple…so they try to make coaching development too complicated. Resist the urge to focus too much on data and tracking. Significant buy-in from executive leadership is critical for the success of a coaching program like this. Also, having a culture of “we” being in this together makes all the difference. Resources Mentioned Life at Upwork The Coaching Habit workshop The Last Feedback Workshop You’ll Ever Need Related Episodes These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) How to Get the Ideal Team Player, with Patrick Lencioni (episode 301) How to Create an Unstoppable Culture, with Ginger Hardage (episode 350) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Mikaila Ulmer: Bee Fearless Mikaila Ulmer is a 15-year-old social entrepreneur, bee ambassador, educator and student. She founded her Me & the Bees Lemonade business when she was just four years old, and over the past decade has sold over 1 million bottles across 1,500 stores in the United States. Her appearance on Shark Tank at age nine scored a $60,000 investment from Daymond John. Mikaila has established herself as a voice of guidance for others, appearing on Good Morning America, The Today Show, 20/20, ABC World News Tonight, and many other venues. She was selected as one of Time magazine’s 30 Most Influential Teens and for Ebony Magazine’s Ebony Power100 #Black Excellence. She is the author of the new book, Bee Fearless: Dream Like a Kid*. In this conversation, Mikaila discuss what inspired her to start her business and the importance of a larger mission behind work. She talks about the importance of passion, balancing her work with her schooling, and how to support kids in doing great things. Plus, she shares what she’s learned along the way on turning a dream into reality. Key Points Turn adversity into advantage. It’s more enjoyable to build a business when you not only have hands-on experience and know-how, but passion. Big news needs to be approached with careful consideration. Aim to be good and kind in running a business. Resources Mentioned Bee Fearless: Dream Like a Kid* by Mikaila Ulmer Related Episodes How to Transform Your Limitations Into Advantages, with Mark Barden (episode 207) How Leaders Build, with Guy Raz (episode 491) If You Build It, They Will Come (Dave’s Journal) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Guy Raz: How I Built This Guy Raz is the creator and host of the popular podcasts How I Built This, Wisdom from the Top, and The Rewind on Spotify. He’s also the co-creator of the acclaimed podcasts TED Radio Hour and the children’s programs Wow in the World and Two Whats?! and a Wow!. He’s received the Edward R. Murrow Award, the Daniel Schorr Journalism Prize, the National Headliner Award, and many others. In 2017, Guy became the first person in the history of podcasting to have three shows in the top 20 on the Apple Podcast charts. He’s the author of the new book, How I Built This: The Unexpected Path to Success From the World’s Most Inspiring Entrepreneurs*. In this conversation, Guy and I discuss what he’s discovered from interviewing the world’s most successful entrepreneurs on How I Built This. We profile a few of the insightful stories that he’s captured in his new book and dispel some of the common myths. Plus, we explore how happiness and kindness play such an important role in building something new. Key Points Successful entrepreneurs are able to make the distinction between what is actually dangerous and what is just scary. We often think about entrepreneurs as solo leaders, but almost always there is a critical partner who complements their strengths. It is common for entrepreneurs to have a day job or other fallback plan as they start something new. Money is important, but it’s almost never the driving factor motivating entrepreneurs who have success in the long-run. Kindness takes leaders a long way when starting a business. Resources Mentioned How I Built This: The Unexpected Path to Success From the World’s Most Inspiring Entrepreneurs* by Guy Raz How I Built This podcast Book Notes Download my highlights from How I Built This in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Be a Non-Conformist, with Adam Grant (episode 238) Ideas Worth Stealing From Top Entrepreneurs, with Dorie Clark (episode 318) How to Be a Happier Person, with Neil Pasricha (episode 334) Serve Others Through Marketing, with Seth Godin (episode 381) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Joseph Getuno Joseph is a finance director based in Mauritius. He’s a longtime listener from the show and a member of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. In this conversation, Joseph and I discuss how he captures ideas from audio podcasts and motivates himself to implement what he’s discovered. We also highlight the value in establishing team guidelines, zeroing in on self-awareness, and the power of consistency. Plus, he highlights the work of key experts that have sharped his own leadership development. Key Points Listen to an audio podcast one time through. Then, review a second time at higher speed to capture the key ideas from the conversation. Insights and ideas are a starting point, but of little value without action. Find a way to support daily action in your development. Establishing team guidelines can change the entire dynamic of culture in the organization. Consistency isn’t a flashy word, but it’s a key factor in how much movement you’re able to create as a leader. Related Episodes How to Create Team Guidelines, with Susan Gerke (episode 192) How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) The Way to Be More Self-Aware, with Tasha Eurich (episode 442) The Value of Being Uncomfortable, with Neil Pasricha (episode 448) How to Motivate Leaders, with John Maxwell (episode 452) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Dustin asked us about how to handle going through a merger or acquisition. Melanie wondered what our biggest learning curve was when we were new managers. Taryn wanted to know the best ways to track goals and progress when doing internal coaching. Resources Mentioned Difficult Conversations by Seth Godin (Akimbo podcast) Productivity Tools by Bonni Stachowiak Monday.com OmniFocus Related Episodes The Path of Humble Leadership, with Edgar Schein and Peter Schein (episode 363) How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) Appeal to the Nobler Motive (Dave’s Journal) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Keith Ferrazzi: Leading Without Authority Keith Ferrazzi is the founder and CEO of Ferrazzi Greenlight, a management consulting and team coaching company that works with many of the world’s biggest corporations. A graduate of Harvard Business School, Keith rose to become the youngest CMO of a Fortune 500 company during his career at Deloitte, and later became CMO of Starwood Hotels. Keith is a frequent contributor to Harvard Business Review, Forbes, and Fortune and the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Who’s Got Your Back* and Never Eat Alone*. He’s the author of the new book, Leading Without Authority: How the New Power of Co-Elevation Can Break Down Silos, Transform Teams, and Reinvent Collaboration*. In this conversation, Keith and I discuss the importance of co-elevation in leadership. We also explore the six deadly sins that leaders should avoid — and discuss why it’s all on you, especially at the start. Key Points Six deadly excuses leaders should avoid: Ignorance: there’s no excuse to sit back and do nothing. Laziness: do not abdicate your responsibility to lead. Deference: beware hiding the truth just to defer to the organizational chart. Playing the victim: avoid running away or resigning to self-pity. Cowardice: if someone scares you, it’s probably an opportunity to grow. Indulgence: stop indulging resentments as they often hold back your career and limit personal and professional success. Resentment leaves us blind and powerless; it’s been compared to drinking poison and hoping the other person will die. Book Notes Download my highlights from Leading Without Authority in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Choice for Compassion, with Edith Eger (episode 336) How to Motivate Leaders, with John Maxwell (episode 452) How to Create Great Relationships, with Colleen Bordeaux (episode 455) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Elizabeth Cousens: UN Foundation Elizabeth is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the United Nations Foundation, leading the Foundation’s next generation of work to support the United Nations. She is a diplomat and thought leader who has worked on the frontlines of peace processes, played an influential role in UN policy innovations from peacebuilding to the Sustainable Development Goals, and helped build public-private partnerships to solve global challenges at scale. Before joining the Foundation, Elizabeth served for several years at the U.S. Mission to the UN in New York. She was Principal Policy Advisor and Counselor to the Permanent Representative of the United States to the United Nations and later served as the U.S. Ambassador to the UN Economic and Social Council and Alternate Representative to the UN General Assembly. In this conversation, Elizabeth and I discuss the short and long term goals of the UN Foundation. In addition, we explore how Elizabeth’s team raised $200 million in the face of COVID-19, how she works with impatient optimists, and the importance of leading with kindness. Key Points The COVID-19 Solidarity Response Fund has raised over $200 million for relief efforts. Leaders should work to lead with kindness in every sector. Many high-performing leaders are natural impatient optimists, always pushing for change. COVID-19 is front of mind for most of us, but we cannot let it override our organization’s strategic goals. Resources Mentioned COVID-19 Solidarity Response Fund for WHO Elizabeth Cousens Has Raised Over $200 Million for the World Health Organization (Mostly) in Her Pajamas Related Episodes Leadership in the Midst of Chaos, with Jim Mattis (episode 440) How to be Diplomatic, with Susan Rice (episode 456) How Great Teams Find Purpose, with David Burkus (episode 481) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

David Hutchens: The Storytelling Leader David Hutchens help leaders find and tell their stories. Stephen M.R. Covey says, “David has the ability to convey key messages in a way that is both simple and profound.” He has taught the Storytelling Leader program all over the world at some of the most influential organizations — and he’s written many books, including most recently the Circle of the 9 Muses* and The Leadership Story Deck*. He is the co-creator with Susan Gerke of the GO Team program. In this conversation, David and I explore the importance of storytelling, especially during uncertain times. David teaches us the framework of the kinds of stories leaders can tell for continuity, novelty, and transition. Leaders can use one of all of these frameworks to help connect and inspire during difficult times. Key Points The continuity story highlights identity, values, and founding principles — things that will never change. Example: What’s a time we held our values, even though it came with a cost? The novelty story shows what is new and focuses attention on innovation and possibility. Example: What’s a time you saw something valuable that we don’t have here? But imagine if we did. The transition story dives in on change and learning — and illuminates a journey of shared progress. Examples: What’s a time you saw someone make a personally courageous decision to change? We tried something, it didn’t work, and we learned something valuable. Here’s a time we solved a tough problem. Resources Mentioned GO Team program Leadership Story Deck* by David Hutchens Circle of the 9 Muses: A Storytelling Field Guide for Innovators and Meaning Makers* by David Hutchens David’s email: David@DavidHutchens.com Related Episodes How Storytelling Helps You Lead, with Sandie Morgan (episode 51) The Four Critical Stories Leaders Need For Influence, with David Hutchens (episode 148) Practical Storytelling That Isn’t Awkward, with David Hutchens (episode 228) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Michael Byrne: Silverman Shin & Byrne Michael is an attorney and partner at Silverman Shin & Byrne in New York, one of the largest minority owned law firms in the State of New York. Michael’s primary areas of focus include tort and commercial litigation defense. He serves clients in a broad range of matters, including attorney malpractice, personal injury torts, insurance, business formation, securities and cyber liability claims. He is a member of the New York State Bar Association and of several committees. Michael is also a member of the Puerto Rican Bar Association and the Defense Research Institute. He provides legal advice to various civic associations and youth ice hockey organizations in Long Island. He’s also a member of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. Key Points Trying to do everything yourself in leadership is like mowing a lawn with a pair of scissors. A critical shift for leaders to make is “time of possession” in the conversation. Work to have the other party speaking more. The answers people give to my questions are the answers to their own questions. Delegating well means that more time emerges to support others with skill development. Making time to be present for people also allows you more time for deep work. Resources Mentioned Michael Byrne on LinkedIn Silverman Shin & Byrne Related Episodes These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) Effective Delegation of Authority, with Hassan Osman (episode 413) How to Ask Better Questions, with David Marquet (episode 454) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Robbie Kellman Baxter: The Forever Transaction Robbie helps companies leverage subscription pricing, digital community and freemium to build deeper relationships with customers. She has been quoted on business issues in the Wall Street Journal, The New York Times, Consumer Reports, and many others. She has created and starred in eight video courses in collaboration with LinkedIn Learning on business topics ranging from innovation to customer success and membership. She is the author of The Membership Economy*, a book that has been named a top 10 marketing book of all time by BookAuthority. She recently released her new book, The Forever Transaction: How to Build a Subscription Model So Compelling, Your Customers Will Never Want to Leave*. In this conversation, Robbie and I discuss the shift to subscriptions and memberships in many industries in recent years. We address implications for leaders who are considering strategy on making changes to how they do business — as well as some of the tactical steps. Finally, Robbie highlights some of the myths and best practices when beginning with subscriptions. Key Points There’s been a significant shift to memberships and subscriptions in recents years in many industries. It’s critical for organizations considering a move in this direction to create and articulate a forever promise. Be cautious about simply building existing products and services under a membership banner. It’s critical to speak to your best customer. Beware of treating members worse than strangers or taking advantage of your most loyal customers. Resources Mentioned Free downloads of Robbie’s keynote presentation slides, membership manifesto, and book chapter. Book Notes Download my highlights from The Forever Transaction in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Start Seeing Around Corners, with Rita McGrath (episode 430) How to Build an Invincible Company, with Alex Osterwalder (episode 470) How to Pivot Quickly, with Steve Blank (episode 476) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Kierstin asked for suggestions (books, individuals) for starting her leadership journey — and also how to navigate leading people who are older than her. Bridgette wondered if we had suggestions on funding priorities, vision, and bringing others into leadership roles. Michael asked our advice on handling confrontations between departments. Resources Mentioned The Leadership Challenge: How to Make Extraordinary Things Happen in Organizations* by James Kouzes and Barry Posner How to Win Friends and Influence People* by Dale Carnegie The Empowered Manager: Positive Political Skills at Work* by Peter Block Personal History* by Katharine Graham The Post Related Episodes What Search Dogs Teach About Engagement, with Jan Frazee (episode 25) Seven Principles for Leading People Older Than You, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 59) Your Permission to Screw Up, with Kristen Hadeed (episode 338) How to Deal with Opponents and Adversaries, with Peter Block (episode 328) How to Create Meaningful Gatherings, with Priya Parker (episode 395) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Michael Hyatt: The Vision-Driven Leader Michael is the Chief Executive Officer and founder of Michael Hyatt & Company. He has scaled multiple companies over the years, including a $250M publishing company with 700+ employees and his own leadership development company that has grown over 60% year over year for the past 4 years. Under his leadership, Michael Hyatt & Company has been featured in the Inc. 5000 list of the fastest-growing companies in America for three years in a row. He is also the author of several New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and USA Today bestselling books, including Platform*, Living Forward*, Your Best Year Ever*, and Free to Focus*. He enjoys The Double Win with his wife of 40+ years, five daughters, and nine grandchildren. He recently released his newest book: The Vision-Driven Leader: 10 Questions to Focus Your Efforts, Energize Your Team, and Scale Your Business*. In this conversation, Michael and I discuss where to start once you’ve created an initial vision. Michael invites us to engage those that don’t like change and take the time to listen. In addition, getting buy-in from your boss is essential — your vision should align with their goals and those of the organization. Key Points Start with your direct reports who don’t like change. Be quick to listen, slow to speak. Make the distinction between risky vs. stupid. Bosses don’t like surprises. You have to commit first. When I had a boss, I had a basic rule: Don’t take a swing unless I’m confident I’ll hit the ball. -Michael Hyatt Know your customer. Make sure the vision is helping your boss — and the organization — achieve their goals. Before you schedule a time to pitch your proposal, answer the question: how is my Vision Script going to help my boss achieve their goals? If you can’t answer that question, you’re not ready to make the pitch. -Michael Hyatt Anticipate the objections you’re likely to receive and be ready for them. Once you’ve got buy-in on a vision, stop. Don’t oversell it. When you’re starting to get tired of hearing yourself talk about the vision, that’s an indicator that you’re on the right track. Resources Mentioned Vision Driven Leader bonus resources Book Notes Download my highlights from The Vision-Driven Leader in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Get Noticed in a Noisy World, with Michael Hyatt (episode 40) How to Create a Vivid Vision, with Cameron Herold (episode 345) Embrace a Just Cause, with Simon Sinek (episode 473) How to Create Your Personal Vision (free membership required) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

David Burkus: Pick a Fight David’s work is changing how companies approach innovation, collaboration, and leadership. He is the award-winning author of four books and offers a fresh perspective on how to improve our organizations and build better teams by blending the most current research in psychology, sociology, economics, and network science. His books have been translated in more than a dozen languages and his work has appeared in the Wall Street Journal, Harvard Business Review, USAToday, Fast Company, and more. He has consistently been named one of the world’s top business thought leaders by Thinkers50 and his TED Talk has been viewed over 2 million times. He is the author of the audiobook, Pick a Fight: How Great Teams Find a Purpose Worth Rallying Around*. In this conversation, David and I discuss why picking a fight is a powerful motivation, but important to do with wisdom. Most organizations won’t benefit from starting fights with rivals. Instead, discover one of three fights that will support a cause worth fighting for. Key Points Avoid fights with rivals. Picking a fight is a powerful motivator; but leaders need to pick their fight wisely. Instead of someone to fight, they need to find a cause worth fighting for. Three kinds of fights that are useful for leaders to engage in: The Revolutionary Fight The Underdog Fight The Ally Fight Resources Mentioned 3 Days To A More Motivated And Aligned Team Book Notes Download my highlights from Pick a Fight in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Power of Weak Connections, with David Burkus (episode 347) How to Clarify What’s Important, with Ron Williams (episode 410) Embrace a Just Cause, with Simon Sinek (episode 473) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Laura Huang: Edge Laura Huang is an associate professor at the Harvard Business School. Her research examines interpersonal relationships and implicit bias in entrepreneurship and in the workplace. She is the creator of #FindYourEdge, an initiative dedicated to addressing inequality and disadvantage through personal empowerment. Her award-winning research has been featured in the Financial Times, The Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and Forbes — and she was named one of the 40 Best Business School Professors Under the Age of 40 by Poets & Quants. She’s the author of the book Edge: Turning Adversity into Advantage*. In this conversation, Laura and I discuss the value of constraints, why hard work isn’t enough, and the reason you’re not selling out when reclaiming an awareness of yourself. We also explore why it’s essential for you to be able to tell your story. Key Points “Be yourself” is sometimes bad advice. You’re not selling out when you reclaim an awareness of yourself. Bring value — and also be sure that people KNOW you bring value. Self awareness can sometimes encumber our ability to guide. Don’t passively let others write your narrative — write your own narrative and guide other’s view of you. Let your past make you better, not bitter. Resources Mentioned Edge: Turning Adversity into Advantage* by Laura Huang Companion guide at LauraHuang.net Book Notes Download my highlights from Edge in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Leverage Your Defining Moments, with Lynne Whiteford (episode 372) The Value of Being Uncomfortable, with Neil Pasricha (episode 448) The Way to Influence Executives, with Nancy Duarte (episode 450) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Emily Leathers: Emotional Leadership Emily is an executive coach and software engineering manager. She has led teams and advised other managers for years. She’s seen the difference a truly passionate leader and manager can make for their team and the world around them. Like a lot of managers and coaches, she’s had a front row seat to the patterns that cause a lot of leaders to overwork and over stress. She is the author of the guide The 7 Leadership Lies and she’s the host of the Emotional Leadership podcast. She’s also a member of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. In this conversation, we discuss some of the common lies that leaders tend to tell themselves that lead to frustration and impostor syndrome. Then, we explore better ways to frame these beliefs, to lead with more confidence and effectiveness. Key Points Lie #1: I’m supposed to do everything I, my manager, or my team can think of. Truth: A leader’s job is about prioritization - and that means prioritizing how we spend our own time as well. Lie #2: There’s a timeline. Truth: There is no rush. Work gets much easier when we turn off the unneeded sense of emergency. Prioritization is the aim. Lie #3: Emotions don’t belong at work. Truth: Every action we take is driven by an emotion. You are going to experience emotions at work - that or you’ll be staring at a wall all day without a single thought in your mind. Turning them off isn’t an option. Learning to allow your emotions and use them to your advantage is critical for your success as a leader. Lie #4: I’m supposed to have an answer for any problem or question a team member asks. Truth: A manager’s role is to help your team solve problems, not to solve problems for your team. Resources Mentioned The 7 Leadership Lies Anger + Allowing Strong Emotions with Vivien Yang (Emotional Leadership podcast) Related Episodes How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) What to Do With Your Feelings, with Lori Gottlieb (episode 438) The Way to Be More Coach-Like, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 458) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Joseph asked our opinion about this HBR IdeaCast on StrengthsFinder: Stop Focusing on Your Strengths Matt asked about using personality assessments when coaching an athletic team. Mike wondered the best way to approach conducting internal podcast interviews of employees. Resources Mentioned Brené Brown: The Call to Courage (Netflix special) StrengthsFinder training for individuals and teams* (use code CFL10 for a 10% tuition discount) Blubrry podcast hosting* Related Episodes How to Know What to Ask, with Andrew Warner (episode 198) How Teams Use StrengthsFinder Results, with Lisa Cummings (episode 293) How to Talk to People Who Have Power, with Jordan Harbinger (episode 343) Journey Towards Diversity and Inclusion, with Willie Jackson (episode 441) Changed My Mind (Dave’s Journal) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Pat Flynn: Let Go Pat Flynn is a father, husband, and entrepreneur who lives and works in San Diego, California. He owns several successful online businesses and is a professional blogger, keynote speaker, and Wall Street Journal bestselling author. He’s the host of the Smart Passive Income and AskPat podcasts, which have earned a combined total of over 60 million downloads, multiple awards, and features in publications such as The New York Times and Forbes. Pat is the author of the book Let Go: How to Transform Moments of Panic into a Life of Profits and Purpose. You can find him at Smart Passive Income. In this conversation, Pat and I discuss the events leading up to his layoff in 2008, how he processed the change at the time, and what he did to respond purposely. Plus, he has reminders for leaders considering layoffs and many resources for those who’ve gone through it themselves. Key Points Plans are good and necessary to have, but they shouldn’t be written in stone. When the unexpected happens, keep moving. If you find yourself leading an organization and the future is uncertain, don’t say or pretend otherwise. A core value of Pat’s organization: embrace the process. Resources Mentioned Online Business Toolkit: Free resources from Pat Flynn’s team during COVID-19 The War of Art: Break Through the Blocks and Win Your Inner Creative Battles* by Steven Pressfield Book Notes Download my highlights from Let Go in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Ten Ways to Pick Yourself Up When You’re Beaten Down (episode 85) How to Tame Your Inner Critic, with Tara Mohr (episode 232) Your Attitude Defines Your Altitude, with Howard “H” White (episode 384) Keep Going (Dave’s Journal) If You Can, Move Your Feet (Dave’s Journal) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Steve Blank: The Startup Owner's Manual Steve Blank is a Silicon Valley serial-entrepreneur and academician. He is recognized for developing the Customer Development methodology, which launched the Lean Startup movement. Steve is also the co-founder of E.piphany. His Google Tech talk, The Secret History of Silicon Valley, offers a widely regarded insider's perspective on the emerging Silicon Valley's start-up innovation. He’s also published three books: The Four Steps to the Epiphany*, Not All Those Who Wander Are Lost, and The Startup Owner's Manual*. In this conversation, Steve and I discuss the steps that leaders should take when making pivots. We explored the importance of creating a Minimal Viable Product or Minimum Viable Service, followed quickly with customer discovery, rapid testing, and refinement. Key Points What doesn’t kill me makes me stronger. -Friedrich Nietzsche To pivot quickly: Create a MVP (Minimal Viable Product) or MVS (Minimum Viable Service). Conduct customer discovery: validate your idea by speaking with existing/potential customers about the new product/service. Do rapid testing: get your work into the hands of existing/potential customers quickly. Don’t try to get it perfect right out of the gate. Refine your offering: use fast feedback to make the product/service better. Resources Mentioned Seven Steps to Small Business Recovery The Virus Survival Strategy For Your Startup How To Keep Your Company Alive – Observe, Orient, Decide and Act Customer Discovery In the Time Of the Covid-19 Virus Related Episodes Ideas Worth Stealing From Top Entrepreneurs, with Dorie Clark (episode 318) Serve Others Through Marketing, with Seth Godin (episode 381) How to Build an Invincible Company, with Alex Osterwalder (episode 470) If You Build It, They Will Come (Dave’s Journal) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Stacey Barr: Practical Performance Measurement Stacey Barr is a specialist in strategic performance measurement and evidence-based leadership. She is the creator of PuMP®, a performance measurement methodology that routinely transforms measurement cynics into its greatest advocates. Stacey is also the author of two books, Practical Performance Measurement: Using the PuMP® Blueprint for Fast, Easy, and Engaging KPIs, and Prove It!: How to Create a High Performance Culture and Measurable Success. In the conversation, Stacey and I explore the struggles of holding people accountable for quantitative results, including behaviors that often lead to unintended consequences. Instead, she invites leaders to hold people accountable for monitoring, interpretation, and action. Key Points Holding people accountable for quantitative results tends to lead employees to: Choosing measures of what they are already good at Choosing easy targets Manipulating the numbers to make the measures look good Having lots of excuses for why targets are missed Our typical definition of accountability drives the wrong behavior. Instead, hold people accountable for: Monitoring the important results: when someone is responsible for a specific business result, like problem resolution or accuracy of advice or eliminating rework, they can be accountable for routinely monitoring that result with a performance measure. Interpreting their measures: when someone is responsible for monitoring a performance measure, they can be accountable for interpreting what that measure is telling them about the business result it measures. Initiating action when action is required: when someone is responsible for interpreting a performance measure, they can be accountable for deciding what kind of action is needed, if at all. Resources Mentioned Download a free copy of Stacey’s book, Practical Performance Measurement What is a KPI Owner Accountable For? by Stacey Barr Measure For Collaboration, Not Competition by Stacey Barr Case Study: Reducing Administrative Waste With a Single Powerful Performance Measure by Stacey Barr Reach out to Stacey with questions at info@staceybarr.com Book Notes Download my highlights from Practical Performance Measurement in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Effective Delegation of Authority, with Hassan Osman (episode 413) Performance Measurement That Gets Results, with Stacey Barr (episode 419) How to Balance Care and Accountability When Leading Virtually, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 464) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Elena Kornoff: Surf City Still Works Elena Kornoff is a founder partner of Surf City Still Works, an independent craft distillery dedicated to supporting talented artists and sharing the spirit of California. She’s been a listener of the show the past few years and now a member of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. In this conversation, Elena and I discuss the massive disruption that COVID-19 made to their business and how her team responded with flexibility in a time of change. We also explore how to be a leader and still be yourself, despite our common perception of leadership. Plus, the invitation from Elena to ask for help when you need it. Key Points Surf City Still Works is an independent craft distillery founded in 2017 to support talented artists and share the spirit of California. Past failures are an important teacher in how to pivot quickly. Successful leaders may show up as inspiring and charismatic — and they also are supportive and quiet. Research shows that both styles can lead well. When you need help, ask for it. There are people in your network you are able and willing, but they need to know. Resources Mentioned Surf City Still Works For sales outside the State of California, email Elena and her team at tastingroom@surfcitystillworks.com Coaching for Leaders Academy Related Episodes The Value of Pivoting for Growth, with Beth Garrison (episode 351) Permission to Be Yourself, with Bar Schwartz (episode 414) Leadership Through Massive Change, with Elizabeth Lilla (episode 463) Embrace a Just Cause, with Simon Sinek (episode 473) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Simon Sinek: The Infinite Game Simon Sinek is an unshakable optimist. He is best known for popularizing the concept of WHY, which he described in his first TED Talk in 2009. That talk went on to become the second most watched TED Talk of all time, today surpassing 50 million views. His interview on millennials in the workplace propelled his name to be the fifth most searched term on YouTube in 2017. Simon is the author of five bestselling books, including Start With Why*, Leaders Eat Last*, and his newest book, The Infinite Game*. In this conversation, Simon and I discuss why he doesn’t believe these are unprecedented times, the difference between a finite and infinite game, and the distinction between a why and a just cause. We also detail how to uncover a just cause and five standards that an effective just cause must meet. Key Points Our products and services are some of the things we use to advance our cause. They are not themselves the cause. -Simon Sinek A just cause embraces five standards: For something: affirmative and optimistic. Inclusive: open to all those who would like to contribute Service-oriented: for the primary benefit of others Resilient: able to endure political, technological and cultural change Idealistic: big, bold and ultimately unachievable In the infinite game, the only real competitor is yourself. -Simon Sinek Resources Mentioned The Infinite Game* by Simon Sinek Live Online Classes by Simon Sinek Book Notes Download my highlights from The Infinite Game in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Start With Why, with Simon Sinek (episode 223) How to Create a Vivid Vision, with Cameron Herold (episode 345) Tie Leadership Development to Business Results, with Mark Allen (episode 435) Leadership Through Massive Change, with Elizabeth Lilla (episode 463) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Key Points Be apparent about the purpose of your meeting: connect, align, decide, ideate/brainstorm, plan, or produce. Discover more from Mamie Kanfer Stewart. You need to be more apparent and intentional about timing, transitions, and facilitation in an online meeting than with an in-person one. Use a service like BombBomb* for video messages that don’t require live interaction. Unless background noise or size of the meeting prevents it, invite people to “unmute” so you can have richer dialogue without interruption. Alert people if they have audio issues. Get headsets for your team, if possible. We use and recommend the Jabra Evolve line* of USB headsets. Number one rule for lighting: position light in front of you and not behind you. If the front light can be natural (i.e. facing a window) even better. Resources Mentioned BombBomb* (free 14-day trial) How to Combat Zoom Fatigue by Liz Fosslien and Mollie West Duffy COVID-19 and Videoclassism by Taharee Jackson Related Episodes How to Lead Meetings That Get Results, with Mamie Kanfer Stewart (episode 358) Seven Tools to Create Margin and a New Podcast (episode 411) The Power of Why Over How, with Gina Bianchini (episode 460) Connecting Over Video (The Look & Sound of Leadership) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Lois Frankel: Nice Girls Don’t Speak Up or Stand Out Lois Frankel is the President of Corporate Coaching International, and is a bestselling author, executive coach, and an internationally-recognized expert in the field of leadership development for women. She has appeared on Larry King Live, The Tavis Smiley Show, The Today Show, and many other places to discuss her New York Times bestselling books, Nice Girls Don’t Get the Corner Office*, Nice Girls Don’t Get Rich*, and Nice Girls Just Don’t Get It*. She has served diverse clients such as The Walt Disney Company, Amgen, The World Bank, McKinsey & Company, Inc., Northrop Grumman, and many others. Her newest audiobook just released is titled Nice Girls Don’t Speak Up or Stand Out: How to Make Your Voice Heard, Your Point Known, and Your Presence Felt*. In this conversation, Lois and I discuss why saying no is so important, key tactics in doing it with professionalism and grace, and some useful language we can leverage. We also explore why we end up saying yes to work that others don’t really care that much about and how we can be our own worst enemy on saying yes. Key Points In response to an invitation: As much as I would love to attend, my calendar is already over-scheduled for that week. In response to a statement that may have some truth to it but that won’t change your position: Be that as it may, it doesn’t change the fact that I’m not able to provide you with a loan at this time. In response to someone asking you to do something that actually benefits them more than you: Thank you for thinking of me. Unfortunately, I am not able to take advantage of your kind offer. In response to someone you care about and to whom who you genuinely wish you could say yes: If I could I would. I really value our relationships and wish the situation was different. In response to someone asking for yet another favor: Although I’ve been able to help you out in the past, this time I just don’t have the bandwidth. In response to a somewhat unreasonable request: I’m sure you understand that I receive many similar requests and that I’m just not able to be of help at this time. In response to someone who uses flattery to get you to accept their request: I’m flattered and at the same time I’m not able to accept your gracious offer. When you are genuinely sorry that you must decline: I’m so sorry that this isn’t going to work out. I hope it might in the future. Resources Mentioned Nice Girls Don't Speak Up or Stand Out: How to Make Your Voice Heard, Your Point Known, and Your Presence Felt* by Lois Frankel Related Episodes Unconscious Mistakes Women Make, with Lois Frankel (episode 386) Why Men Are Heard and Women Are Liked, with Lois Frankel and Tom Henschel (episode 392) How to Negotiate When Others Have Power, with Kwame Christian (episode 416) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Alex Osterwalder: The Invincible Company Alex is obsessed with making strategy, innovation, and entrepreneurship simple, practical, and applicable. He invented the Business Model Canvas, co-founded Strategyzer.com, and lead authored Business Model Generation which sold a million copies in 30 languages. He’s one of the top-ranked management thinkers in the world by Thinkers50. He is the author of the book, The Invincible Company: How to Constantly Reinvent Your Organization with Inspiration From the World's Best Business Models*. In this conversation, Alex and I explore the distinction between exploration and exploitation that invincible organizations must hold in tandem. Alex teaches us the five most common myths of the innovation journey and what leaders can do to compete and stay relevant in a changing world. Key Points Myths of the innovation journey: Myth 1: The most important part of the innovation and entrepreneurship journey is to find and execute the perfect idea. Myth 2: The evidence will show you a clear path forward why you systematically test ideas. The solution will magically emerge if you just test and adapt your idea often enough. Myth 3: A small number of big bets will lead to a large return. Myth 4: The skills required to explore a new business and to manage an existing one are pretty similar. Business is business. Myth 5: Innovation teams are renegades or pirates that are out to disrupt the old business. They need to operate in stealth mode to survive inside a company. Invincible Companies constantly reinvent who they are and where and how they compete in order to stay relevant and ahead. Resources Mentioned The Invincible Company: How to Constantly Reinvent Your Organization with Inspiration From the World's Best Business Models* by Alex Osterwalder Innovation Project Scorecard: Evidence Trumps Opinion Related Episodes How to Transform Your Limitations Into Advantages, with Mark Barden (episode 207) The Way to Nurture New Ideas, with Safi Bahcall (episode 418) How to Start Seeing Around Corners, with Rita McGrath (episode 430) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Greg McKeown: Essentialism Greg McKeown is the author of the New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller, Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less*. His book is frequently listed as #1 Time Management book on Amazon and challenges the core assumptions about achievement to get to the essence of what really drives success. His writing has appeared in or been covered by The New York Times, Fast Company, Fortune, HuffPost, and many others. He is among the most popular bloggers for the Harvard Business Review and LinkedIn’s Influencers group: averaging a million views a month. In this conversation, Greg and I discuss why success can be such a poor teacher and how to avoid what Jim Collins calls, “The undisciplined pursuit of more.” We explore how the principles of journalism can help us arrive at what’s essential and why journaling may be the place to start. Key Points Being a journalist of your own life will force you to stop hyper-focusing on all the minor details and see the bigger picture. Success is a poor teacher and may lead to the undisciplined pursuit of more. Essentialists listen for what is not being explicitly stated. They read between the lines. Nonessentialists hear what is loud. Essentialists listen for the signal in the noise. Journaling is a useful practice to begin reviewing what is coming up in your life and discovering the leads you may be missing. Make time every 90 days to review and determine what’s next. Resources Mentioned Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less* by Greg McKeown Essentialism podcast Simple Productivity: How to Accomplish More With Less with Greg McKeown Book Notes Download my highlights from Essentialism in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Getting Things Done, with David Allen (episode 184) How to Make Deep Work Happen, with Cal Newport (episode 233) Six Tactics for Extraordinary Performance, with Morten Hansen (episode 337) Finding Joy Through Intentional Choices, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 417) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide. Listener Questions Matt wondered when it’s appropriate to show emotion during a difficult time. Selah asked our advice about communication strategies through COVID-19. Amber wanted to know what she could do to support a manager who is causing stress for others during the pandemic. Resources Mentioned Netflix Special: The Call to Courage with Brené Brown Hope for the Flowers* by Trina Paulus Related Episodes Start With Why, with Simon Sinek (episode 223) What to Do With Your Feelings, with Lori Gottlieb (episode 438) How to Balance Care and Accountability When Leading Virtually, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 464) How to Lead a Virtual Team, with Susan Gerke (episode 465) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Andrew Carroll: CFOAndrew Andrew is a CPA and consultant at CFOAndrew who advises leaders and businesses on financial questions and change. He supports organizations in navigating taxes, investments, insurance, business strategy, operations, mergers and acquisitions, and accounting. Key Points Know the difference between deferred demand and lost demand and consider that in your strategy going forward. Leverage is meant to protect a business, not save it. Hedging is the most important thing you can do with your money. Business owners and leaders should consider unemployment programs and, in The United States, Emergency Sick Pay, Economic Injury Disaster Loan Emergency Advance, and the Paycheck Protection Program. Use the formula P=40 to 70, in which P stands for the probability of success and the numbers indicate the percentage of information acquired. Once the information is in the 40 to 70 range, go with your gut. -Colin Powell Resources Mentioned CFOAndrew Related Episodes Improve Your Financial Intelligence, with Joe Knight (episode 244) How to Approach Corporate Budgeting, with Jody Wodrich (episode 355) Four Rules to Get Control of Your Money, with Jesse Mecham (episode 356) Dumb Things Smart People Do With Money, with Jill Schlesinger (episode 396) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Scott Anthony Barlow: Happen to Your Career Scott Anthony Barlow is the founder of Happen to Your Career. He’s been featured on CNBC, Yahoo, CareerBuilder, Fast Company, and Huffington Post and various colleges and universities as a top expert on career happiness. He's held executive roles in human resources, business development, and career coaching. Scott is the host of the Happen to Your Career podcast, featuring the career stories of many successful professionals. He and his team have worked with over 25,000 people to help them stop settling, find their signature strengths, and start doing meaningful work they are enamored with. Key Points High performers leave organizations because: Work is no longer meaningful. They’ve accomplished their goals and now they’re looking for much more meaningful work, projects and challenges. Flexibility and autonomy are missing. The “when” and “how” people work is becoming incredibly important. They have outgrown the role. They perceive that just because they’ve outgrown the role that there is no where else to go in the organization. What leaders can do: Help candidates find what’s meaningful for them. Create opportunities to work when and how they want. Help people create their own role. Resources Mentioned Finding the Career That Fits You (Scott’s FREE 8-Day Video Course) The Ultimate Guide to Using Your Strengths to Get Hired Related Episodes How to Figure Out Your Career, with Scott Anthony Barlow (episode 259) Three Steps to Great Career Conversations, with Russ Laraway (episode 370) Effective Delegation of Authority, with Hassan Osman (episode 413) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Susan Gerke: GO Team Susan Gerke has been the president of Gerke Consulting & Development. She has worked with global teams and has certified facilitators around the world to deliver management, leadership, and team offerings. Susan is co-creator of GO Team, a training suite for organizations to power team performance. Key Points Out of sight sometimes means out of mind. Perception of communication will be less than you think. Interactions over the phone/video feel more formal than they do in person, at least at the start. You don’t find out about things virtually as quickly as you do face to face. Figure out how to make space for different kinds of styles and personalities. A virtual environment tends to amplify these differences. Remember to have expectation setting conversations with family members. Some people will call you every day and some people won’t ever reach out proactively. That’s normal — find a pattern that works for each relationship. Resources Mentioned GO Team Survey results: community input on leading/working virtually Related Episodes The Four Unique Types of Teams, with Susan Gerke (episode 138) How to Create Team Guidelines, with Susan Gerke (episode 192) How to Balance Care and Accountability When Leading Virtually, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 464) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Jonathan Raymond: Good Authority Jonathan Raymond is the founder of Refound, where he and his team work with organizations to create a company culture based in personal growth. He’s the author of the book Good Authority: How to Become the Leader Your Team Is Waiting For*. Jonathan’s team recently released The Good Accountability course* to help leaders have great feedback conversations with their teams. If you are working to get better at accountability, it’s the most useful framework I know of to balance care for people and accountability for results. In this conversation, Jonathan and I discuss the Accountability Dial, how it’s most useful when leading virtually, and the importance of taking the first step. Key Points You don’t get to look good and grow at the same time. Assume positive intent, regardless of where you are on the accountability dial. The Accountability Dial: The Mention: In real-time (if possible), pull them aside to offer an observation about an undesired behavior. The Invitation: Provide 2-3 examples of how that behavior is a pattern or theme they can work on. The Conversation: Use your weekly one-on-ones to dive into how the pattern is holding them back. The Boundary: Collaborate together to decide next steps and set a timeline for making a change. The Limit: Before giving up, have one more heart-to-heart to give them a final chance for meaningful change. Resources Mentioned The Good Accountability course* Good Authority: How to Become the Leader Your Team Is Waiting For* by Jonathan Raymond Refound (Jonathan’s firm) Book Notes Download my highlights from Good Authority in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Five Steps to Hold People Accountable, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 306) Effective Delegation of Authority, with Hassan Osman (episode 413) How to Start Managing Up, with Tom Henschel (episode 433) The Way to Be More Self-Aware, with Tasha Eurich (episode 442) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Elizabeth Lilla: Metro Stars Gymnastics Elizabeth Lilla is the owner of Metro Stars Gymnastics. With her husband Erik, she has owned and operated gymnastics facilities for 13 years. She was named the Nebraska Occupational Therapy Association's Practitioner of the Year for developing the Special Stars Program at her facilities. Liz has previously served as the USA Gymnastics Nebraska State Chair, and loves sharing the sport of gymnastics with boys and girls of all ages. She is also a member of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. In this conversation, Liz shares the struggle of owning a small business that had to close its physical doors due to COVID-19. She tells the story of her business, the struggle in leading change in recent weeks, and their early success in pivoting to Metro Stars Online. Key Points Metro Stars Gymnastics has a long success story of serving kids and families for 13 years, until COVID-19 shut their doors. Liz and Erik made the difficult decision to retain their full-time staff and pay salaries, despite having almost no revenue incoming. Working to innovate quickly, Liz and their leadership team tested a new, online instruction format to help kids and families stay engaged during this difficult time. Metro Stars Online has already connected with hundreds of customers and, more importantly, allowed kids to stay connected to the important work of physical, emotional, and mental well-being. Resources Mentioned Metro Stars Online Related Episodes How to Be a Non-Conformist, with Adam Grant (episode 238) How to Start Seeing Around Corners, with Rita McGrath (episode 430) How to be Diplomatic, with Susan Rice (episode 456) The Power of Why Over How, with Gina Bianchini (episode 460) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Toni asked about the best way to deal with people who don’t want to grow. Russ wanted our opinion on the best way to interview potential new hires. Sami wondering about the best way to utilize personality assessments. Laura asked our opinion on taking a step back in compensation for a job position she really wants. Resources Mentioned StrengthsFinder training for individuals and teams* (use code CFL10 for a 10% tuition discount) How the Best Bosses Interrupt Bias on Their Teams by Joan Williams and Sky Mihaylo Related Episodes How to Get the Ideal Team Player, with Patrick Lencioni (episode 301) How to Challenge Directly and Care Personally, with Kim Scott (episode 302) Get Smart About Assessments, with Ken Nowack (episode 371) How to Motivate Leaders, with John Maxwell (episode 452) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Tina Payne Bryson: The Power of Showing Up Tina Payne Bryson is a psychotherapist and the Founder/Executive Director of The Center for Connection, a multidisciplinary clinical practice, and of The Play Strong Institute, a center devoted to the study, research, and practice of play therapy through a neurodevelopment lens. Tina is the author with Dan Siegel of two New York Times bestsellers, The Whole-Brain Child* and No Drama Discipline*, each of which has been translated into over forty languages. She’s recently released with Dan their newest book, The Power of Showing Up: How Parental Presence Shapes Who Our Kids Become and How Their Brains Get Wired*. In this conversation, Tina and I explore what it means to show up for kids and why it’s more than just being physically present. We discuss the distinction between being seen vs. being shamed. Plus, practical actions that parents, family members, and other caregivers can take to empower children. Key Points Our research and experience suggest that raising happy, healthy, flourishing kids requires parents to do just one key thing. It’s not about reading all the parenting best sellers or signing your kids up for all the right activities. You don’t even have to know exactly what you’re doing. Just show up. Intensive parenting is problematic not only because of the pressure it puts on parents, but because some research suggests that all this exhausting parental striving may not be the best way to raise children. Showing up is more than just being physically present. Many people don’t have the advantage of relationships. They grew up in families where almost all of the attention was focused on external and surface-level experiences. Let your curiosity lead you to take a deeper dive and make space and time to look and learn. A child’s brain is changing and changeable. Resources Mentioned The Power of Showing Up: How Parental Presence Shapes Who Our Kids Become and How Their Brains Get Wired* by Daniel Siegel and Tina Payne Bryson Tina Payne Bryson The New Adolescence: Raising Happy and Successful Teens in an Age of Anxiety and Distraction* by Christine Carter Wildhood: The Astounding Connections between Human and Animal Adolescents* by Barbara Natterson-Horowitz and Kathryn Bowers Related Episodes How to Reduce Drama With Kids, with Tina Payne Bryson (episode 310) Align Your Calendar to What Matters, with Nir Eyal (episode 431) Family Productivity, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 453) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Gina Bianchini: Mighty Networks Gina Bianchini is the Founder & CEO of Mighty Networks*. She is an expert on network effects. Mighty Networks is a pivot from the enterprise-only platform Mightybell, which powered communities for Intuit, American Express, and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. Mighty Networks has unlocked the opportunity to elevate the rapidly growing world of creators with a purpose. Gina and Mighty Networks have been featured in Fast Company, Wired, Vanity Fair, Bloomberg, and The New York Times. In this conversation, Gina and I discussed the importance of a big, specific mission for an organization. In addition, the necessity to stay dedicated to that mission, especially during difficult times. Plus, she remindes us of the value in bringing all stakeholders along with that mission. Key Points We are a master class in having a mission and deciding it is important no matter what is happening elsewhere. Mission and Purpose Mission and purpose need to be big — and be specific. Make a clear distinction between “why” and “how.” Engage all stakeholders with the mission, including customers, contractors, and vendors. Resources Mentioned Mighty Networks* Related Episodes Start With Why, with Simon Sinek (episode 223) How to Create a Vivid Vision, with Cameron Herold (episode 345) How to Clarify What’s Important, with Ron Williams (episode 410) Seven Tools to Create Margin and a New Podcast (episode 411) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Hortense le Gentil: Aligned Hortense is an Executive Leadership Coach and the President and Founder of JAY Consulting. She works with C-suite executives from Fortune 500 companies, supporting them in their development and leadership by working with them on the alignment between their personal values and their professional activities. Hortense is part of the Marshall Goldsmith’s prestigious 100 Coaches Project. She has been selected to receive a Thinkers 50 coaching award for excellence in her field. She is the author of several articles about leadership and coaching in such publications as Leader to Leader. She is the author of the book Aligned: Connecting Your True Self with the Leader You’re Meant to Be*. Key Points We are often blind to these invisible lines running throughout our lives. Reflecting on the role models others have admired in their lives can provide insight on what they value. Fictional characters, colors, animals, tress, and even countries can also provide insight into values. Wisdom from Peter Drucker: “Tell me what you value, and I might believe you. But show me the twists and turns of your life and I’ll show you what you really value.” Resources Mentioned Aligned: Connecting Your True Self with the Leader You’re Meant to Be* by Hortense le Gentil Book Notes Download my highlights from Aligned in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Enhance Your Self-Awareness, with Daniel Goleman (episode 353) Three Steps to Great Career Conversations, with Russ Laraway (episode 370) What to Do With Your Feelings, with Lori Gottlieb (episode 438) The Way to Be More Self-Aware, with Tasha Eurich (episode 442) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Michael Bungay Stanier: The Advice Trap Michael Bungay Stanier is at the forefront of shaping how organizations around the world make being coach-like an essential leadership competency. His book The Coaching Habit* is the best-selling coaching book of this century, with over 700,000 copies sold and 1,000+ five-star reviews on Amazon. He’s the author of the new book The Advice Trap: Be Humble, Stay Curious, and Change the Way You Lead Forever*. In this conversation, Michael and I discuss why advice is overrated and often displays poor leadership. Michael shows us how to avoid coaching ghosts and dealing with people who can’t stop talking. Plus, we explore how to keep people engaged in the conversation, become more coach-like, and qualify advice when the time is right to give it. Key Points Advice is overrated. Not advice itself. There’s a time and a place for good advice. The problem is the default habit of giving advice. -Michael Bungay Stanier The Advice Trap: The more I give them advice, the more they want my advice. Three reasons your advice doesn’t get results: You’re solving the wrong challenge. You’re proposing a mediocre solution. You’re displaying poor leadership. Avoid coaching the ghost (the person note present) and yarning (excessive conversation that isn’t leading anywhere productive). To keep people engaged in the conversation, use the TERA principles: Tribe: Be on their side. Expectation: Show them the future. Rank: Raise them up. Autonomy: Give them the choice. When you do give advice, consider diminishing it with: “Here’s my best guess…” “I may be wrong…” “This is just one idea/option/thought…” Resources Mentioned The Advice Trap: Be Humble, Stay Curious, and Change the Way You Lead Forever* by Michael Bungay Stanier The Coaching Habit: Say Less, Ask More & Change the Way You Lead Forever* by Michael Bungay Stanier MBS.works Book Notes Download my highlights from The Advice Trap in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Stop Rescuing People From Their Problems, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 284) How to Stop Having the Same Problems, with Corrinne Armour (episode 387) Leadership in the Midst of Chaos, with Jim Mattis (episode 440) How to Ask Better Questions, with David Marquet (episode 454) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Listener Questions Chris asked for ideas on changing behavior after hearing that his questions/challenges were being perceived as aggressive. Steve wanted to know if there are times when you shouldn’t lead. Colin asked for advice on supporting a colleague who is looking into leadership certificate programs. Jill wondered how I select guests for the show. Related Episodes How to Get Way Better at Accepting Feedback, with Sheila Heen (episode 143) How to Succeed with Leadership and Management, with John Kotter (episode 249) The Choice for Compassion, with Edith Eger (episode 336) Leadership vs. Management (The Look & Sound of Leadership) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Susan Rice: Tough Love Susan Rice served as the United States ambassador to the United Nations during President Barack Obama’s first term in office. She was later appointed by President Obama as National Security Advisor, a position she held until the end of his presidency. Today she is the Distinguished Visiting Research Fellow at the School of International Service at American University, a Non-Resident Senior Fellow at the Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs at Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government, and a contributing opinion writer for The New York Times. She is the author the New York Times bestseller Tough Love: My Story of Things Worth Fighting For*. In this conversation, Susan and I discuss how her upbringing shaped her skills at mediation, the course corrections she navigated in her career to get better, and how she ensured all perspectives were heard inside President Obama’s National Security Council meetings. Key Points Susan’s early experience mediating the arguments between her parents helped her develop resilience that would be useful later. It’s helpful to separate the behavior from the person. Address inappropriate behavior, and keep it in context with the larger relationship. “You can get a long way leading a team, even if many members of the team don’t actually agree with the direction you’re steering towards, if they feel that their advice, perspective, recommendations have truly been heard and appreciated.” When facilitating a critical meeting, ensure the principal attendees receive reading points and preparation well in advance. Humor, an iron fist, or a velvet glove are all useful tools at the right times. Experience helps you determine what’s best in the moment. Wisdom from Susan’s dad: “You can’t let other people define you, for you.” Resources Mentioned Tough Love: My Story of Things Worth Fighting For* by Susan Rice Book Notes Download my highlights from Tough Love in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Manage Abrasive Leaders, with Sharone Bar-David (episode 290) The Way to Have Conversations That Matter, with Celeste Headlee (episode 344) How to Negotiate When Others Have Power, with Kwame Christian (episode 416) Leadership in the Midst of Chaos, with Jim Mattis (episode 440) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Colleen Bordeaux: Am I Doing This Right? Colleen Bordeaux is a best-selling author, speaker and human capital consultant based in Chicago. She has been published everywhere from the Chicago Sun Times to the Huffington Post and has been endorsed by New York Times columnist and past guest Barry Schwartz and Sunday Times bestselling author Louise Parker. Her popular blog has reached more than 200,000 readers and she leads a women’s mastermind group in Chicago. She is the author of the new book: Am I Doing This Right?: A Philosophical Guide to Life in the Age of Overwhelm*. In this conversation, Colleen and I discuss the power of relationships — and some of the key principles for cultivating the very best relationships to support you, both professionally and personally. Key Points You are the same today that you are going to be in five years except for two things: the people with whom you associate, and the books you read. -Charles Jones To be nobody but yourself in a world which does its best, day and night, to make you everyone else, is to fight the hardest battle any human being can fight and never stop fighting. -e.e. cummings Six steps to improving the relationships you cultivate: Assess your own crab-status. Take stock of who you’re spending time with. Consider who you’re not spending time with, but want to be spending time with. Evaluate these relationships based on what you need in your life. Eliminate or manage the relationships that aren’t working to create more space for the ones you need. Create a relationship mantra (Colleen’s is below): My relationships are the best gift I’ve been given, and they are my biggest responsibility. The primary purpose of each of my relationships is to help each other become better versions of ourselves by sharing our authentic experiences, perspectives, and gifts. I will be open to new connections, because that is a source of growth in life—and I will seek and cultivate friendships that bring me to life, and distance myself from relationships that drain me and influence me to betray my values. I aspire to have the kind of quality relationships that inspire others in how they approach developing, growing, and cultivating this important area of their lives. -Colleen Bordeaux Resources Mentioned Am I Doing This Right?: A Philosophical Guide to Life in the Age of Overwhelm* by Colleen Bordeaux Book Notes Download my highlights from Am I Doing This Right? in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Grow Your Professional Network, with Tom Henschel (episode 279) The Way to Build Relationships at Conferences, with Robbie Samuels (episode 346) Grow Beyond What is Safe, with John Corcoran (episode 362) How to Create Meaningful Gatherings, with Priya Parker (episode 395) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

David Marquet: Leadership is Language David Marquet is the former commander of the U.S.S. Santa Fe, a nuclear-powered attack submarine. Under David’s command, the ship had an impressive turnaround, achieving the highest retention and operational standings in the Navy. David is the author of the bestseller Turn the Ship Around: A True Story of Turning Followers Into Leaders* and has just released his new book, Leadership is Language: The Hidden Power of What You Say and What You Don’t*. In this conversation, David and I explore the seven sins of questioning. David shares the story of the ill-fated El Faro and how we can discover better information in leadership by making the shift from self-affirming to self-educating. Key Points A leading question comes from a place of thinking the person is wrong, or that you have the answer. I hear this a lot from people who think they have the right answer but don’t want to use say so, so they use the Socratic method as a “teaching moment.” It’s annoying and arrogant. Self-affirming questions are often binary questions with a special motivation: to coerce agreement and make us feel good about the decision we have already made. Seven Ways to Ask Better Questions: Instead of questions stacking, try one and done. Instead of a teaching moment, try and learning moment. Instead of a dirty question, try a clear question. Instead of a binary question, start the question with “what” or “how.” Instead of a “why” question, try “tell me more.” Instead of a self-affirming question, try self-educating questions. Instead of jumping to the future, start with the present, past, then future. Resources Mentioned Leadership is Language: The Hidden Power of What You Say and What You Don’t* by David Marquet Turn the Ship Around: A True Story of Turning Followers Into Leaders* by David Marquet David Marquet’s website Related Episodes Leadership Lessons from Challenger, with Allan McDonald (episode 229) These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) The Path of Humble Leadership, with Edgar Schein and Peter Schein (episode 363) How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She is the author of The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide*. Key Points Create margin by under-scheduling family and kid commitments. Our default setting is to have a limited about scheduled on weekends. We collaborate on schedules by using shared iCloud calendars as a family. Acuity Scheduling* supports both of us professionally in automating scheduling to ensure conflicts are rare. We both use systems to capture ideas and activities before we decide to move on them. The Drafts app helps both of us do this quickly. Bonni keeps a “someday/maybe” list and Dave keeps an “incubation” list. We get the kids involved with household responsibilities, so everybody learns to contribute and share daily work. Take time to put on your leadership hat to make decisions about what’s important. Then, you can manage from there. Resources Mentioned The Productive Online and Offline Professor: A Practical Guide* by Bonni Stachowiak Full Focus Planner* from Michael Hyatt Range: Why Generalists Triumph in a Specialized World* by David Epstein Who Killed the Weekend? by Katrina Onstad Kourosh Dini: Mind, Music, & Productivity Streaks app Related Episodes Getting Things Done, with David Allen (episode 184) How to Become the Person You Want to Be, with James Clear (episode 376) Finding Joy Through Intentional Choices, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 417) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

John Maxwell: The Leader’s Greatest Return John Maxwell is a #1 New York Times bestselling author, coach, and speaker who has sold more than thirty-one million books in fifty languages. He has been identified as the #1 leader in business by the American Management Association and the most influential leadership expert in the world by Business Insider and Inc. magazine. He is the founder of The John Maxwell Company, The John Maxwell Team, EQUIP, and the John Maxwell Leadership Foundation, organizations that have trained millions of leaders from every country of the world. He is the author of the new book The Leader’s Greatest Return: Attracting, Developing, and Multiplying Leaders*. In this conversation, John and I discuss his work to develop leaders and the distinctions between motivating followers and motivating leaders. We also explore the seven key motivations of leaders that John has uncovered. Key Points Successful people have discovered what they are good at. Successful leaders discover what other people are good at. “I didn’t have any sudden big hits early in my career. I wasn’t a home run hitter. My secret was to get up to bat every day and just try to get on base consistently.” -John Maxwell “You can have everything in life you want if you’ll just help enough other people get what they want.” -Zig Ziglar The Seven Motivations of Leaders: Purpose: leaders want to do what they were created to do. Autonomy: leaders want the freedom to control their lives. Relationships: leaders want to do things with others. Progress: leaders want to experience personal and professional growth. Mastery: leaders want to excel at their work. Recognition: leaders want others to appreciate their accomplishments. Money: leaders want to be financially secure. Resources Mentioned The Leader’s Greatest Return: Attracting, Developing, and Multiplying Leaders* by John Maxwell Book Notes Download my highlights from The Leader’s Greatest Return in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Ten Steps to Create a Recognition Program, with Michelle Smith (episode 80) Start With Why, with Simon Sinek (episode 223) The Scientific Secrets of Daily Scheduling, with Daniel Pink (episode 332) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Scott Young: Ultralearning Scott’s work is intended to consistently answer this question: what’s the best way to learn? This has led him to take on two year-long experiments in learning: The MIT Challenge, where he attempted to learn MIT’s 4-year computer science curriculum without taking classes, and The Year Without English, where he worked with a friend to learn four languages in one year. Scott is the author of the new book, Ultralearning: Master Hard Skills, Outsmart the Competition, and Accelerate Your Career*. In this conversation, Scott and I discuss what ultralearners do differently, the importance of transfer in learning, and four key tactics to enhance directness. Key Points Transfer is critical for learning, but most formal education programs don’t address it. “Many ultralearners who have specialized in a smaller subset of fields are masters at transfer; no doubt this is largely due to their depth of knowledge, which makes transfer easier to accomplish.” The key to ultra learning is to enhance directness. Four tactics for enhancing directness: Project-based learning (producing something) Immersive learning (such as language immersion) Flight simulator method (like how pilots learn to fly) Overkill approach (intentional making it harder than a real use scenario) Book Notes Download my highlights from Ultralearning in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Six Tactics for Extraordinary Performance, with Morten Hansen (episode 337) How to Become the Person You Want to Be, with James Clear (episode 376) Permission to Be Yourself, with Bar Schwartz (episode 414) How to Know What You Don’t Know, with Art Markman (episode 437) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Nancy Duarte: DataStory Nancy Duarte is a communication expert who has been featured in Fortune, Time Magazine, Forbes, Fast Company, Wall Street Journal, New York Times, and many others. Her firm, Duarte, Inc., is the global leader behind some of the most influential visual messages in business and culture. Nancy has written many best-selling books, including Slide:ology*, Resonate*, and Illuminate*. She is the author of the new book DataStory: Explain Data and Inspire Action Through Story*. In this conversation, Nancy and I discuss the realities of executive life, how executives are measured, and why you should expect to be grilled when briefing them. With intentional preparation, you’ll be prepared to more successfully influence executives both inside the organization — and with your customers. Key Points “The higher their level of authority, the more structured and brief your approach should be.” -Nancy Duarte Time is an essential asset for executives. Appreciating how much they work to maximize efficiency can help you align better with their world. Craft a recommendation that’s brief and easily skimmable. Leave time for questions and expect to be grilled. Executives are measured on money (revenue/profit and costs), market (market share and time to market), and exposure (retention and risk). Know how executives plan to consume information. Tailor your message and medium to align with these preferences. Resources Mentioned DataStory: Explain Data and Inspire Action Through Story* by Nancy Duarte Duarte DataStory Book Notes Download my highlights from DataStory in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Success on Presentation Day, with David Sparks (episode 159) Ignite Change Through Storytelling, with Nancy Duarte and Patti Sanchez (episode 268) Executive Presence with Your Elevator Speech, with Tom Henschel (episode 316) Get Your Emails Read (Dave’s Journal) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She joins me monthly to respond to listener questions. Listener Questions Susan asked for advice on some of the challenges she is facing with an aging workforce. Nellie wondered if she should report a difficult situation before she moves onto another opportunity. Thiaga asked how Dave manages to read lot of books and how he remembers the key message from these books. Robert asked about the best way to position his experience as a faculty member when applying for a role as an administrator. Resources Mentioned Digital Reading by Bonni Stachowiak The First 90 Days* by Michael Watkins Big Rocks by Steven Covey Related Episodes How To Create A Personal Knowledge Management System, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 129) How to Lead a 100-Year Life, with Lynda Gratton (episode 266) Five Steps to Hold People Accountable, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 306) How to Make Your Work More Visible, with John Stepper (episode 397) Help People Learn Through Powerful Teaching, with Pooja Agarwal (episode 421) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Neil Pasricha: You Are Awesome Neil Pasricha helps people live happy lives. He is the New York Times-bestselling author of The Happiness Equation and The Book of Awesome series, which has been published in ten countries, spent over five years on bestseller lists, and sold over a million copies. He’s a Harvard MBA, one of the most popular TED speakers of all time, and after ten years heading Leadership Development at Walmart he now serves as Director of The Institute for Global Happiness. He is the author of the new book, You Are Awesome: How to Navigate Change, Wrestle with Failure, and Live an Intentional Life. In this conversation, Neil and I explore the importance of being uncomfortable to drive professional development. We discuss both of our journeys through mediocrity and how those times helped us to serve many more people today. Key Points “I know see that my anger stemmed from my deep disappointment in myself.” “I didn’t see it then and I wouldn’t see it for at least ten years that the P&G failure helped me to get more comfortable with being uncomfortable." “What we often think of evolution as ‘destroying and replacing’ the past is actually transcending and including.” Resources Mentioned You Are Awesome: How to Navigate Change, Wrestle with Failure, and Live an Intentional Life* by Neil Pasricha Neil’s blog Book Notes Download my highlights from You Are Awesome in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Essentials of Adult Development, with Mindy Danna (episode 273) How to Be a Happier Person, with Neil Pasricha (episode 334) Six Tactics for Extraordinary Performance, with Morten Hansen (episode 337) Neil Armstrong’s Other Landings (Dave’s Journal) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Shelley Winner: Restorative Justice Shelley Winner is a Restorative Justice Activist whose goal is to change the world, reduce crime, and advocate for justice involved people all while helping companies improve productivity and revenues. She is also a technology specialist, is very active in the restorative justice movement in San Francisco and wants to educate the public about the benefits of hiring the formerly incarcerated. Through her work with Winner’s Circle, she is closing the gap between soon to be released inmates and technology companies by developing and delivering training to inmates and helping technology companies create internships for justice involved individuals. In this conversation, Shelley shares her story of moving from incarceration to successful employment in the technology industry. We highlight how some organizations are leading in this work and what the research shows about companies that are helping to unlock the formerly incarcerated workforce. Key Points “There isn't anyone you couldn't learn to love once you've heard their story.” -Fred Rogers 95% of people incarcerated will be released back to communities. The formerly incarcerated are five times more likely to be unemployed than the general population. “Within organizations that have hired those with a criminal record, 82% of managers rate the value workers with a criminal record bring to the organization as similar to or greater than that of those without a record.” -Society for Human Resource Management Be an advocate. Research what other organizations are doing on this. Begin by reading the SHRM report. Resources Mentioned Hiring the Formerly Incarcerated is Best for Your Team (Shelley’s TED talk) Winner’s Circle (Shelley’s organization) Getting Talent Back to Work by Society for Human Resource Management (SHRM) Out of Prison & Out of Work: Unemployment Among Formerly Incarcerated People by Prison Policy Initiative Embracing Formerly Incarcerated Workers: Things HR Should Consider by CareerMinds Facts & Trends by The National Reentry Resource Center Big Tech's Newest Experiment in Criminal-Justice Reform in The Atlantic The Last Mile JPMorgan Chase Joins Second Chance Efforts to Reduce Obstacles to Employment Related Episodes Sin by Silence, with Olivia Klaus (episode 103) Leadership Lessons from the Challenger Disaster, with Allan McDonald (episode 229) The Choice for Compassion, with Edith Eger (episode 336) How to Get Moving, with Scott Harrison (episode 374) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Jim Kirkpatrick: Four Levels of Training Evaluation Jim Kirkpatrick is co-owner of Kirkpatrick Partners. He is an expert in training evaluation and the creator of the New World Kirkpatrick Model. He trains and consults for corporate, government, military, and humanitarian organizations around the world. Jim co-authored three books with his late father, Don Kirkpatrick, who is credited with creating the Kirkpatrick Model. He also has written four books with Wendy Kirkpatrick, including Kirkpatrick's Four Levels of Training Evaluation*. In this conversation, Jim and I explore the details of the New World Kirkpatrick Model. Many leaders miss the critical nature of focus on level 4 (results) and level 3 (behavior). We examine these two levels in detail and show leaders how they can take practical steps to link training with results. Key Points Ask yourself this when considering results: “Is this what the organization exists to do, deliver, or contribute to its customers or society, at a high level?” Level 4 (Results): The degree to which targeted outcomes occur as a result of the training and the support and accountability package. Level 3 (Behavior): The degree to which participants apply what they learned during training when they are back on the job. Level 2 (Learning): The degree to which participants acquire the intended knowledge, skills, attitude, confidence and commitment based on their participation in the training. Level 1 (Reaction): The degree to which participants find the training favorable, engaging and relevant to their jobs. Resources Mentioned Kirkpatrick Community: Free Resources Kirkpatrick’s Four Levels of Training Evaluation* by Jim and Wendy Kirkpatrick Bonus Audio Aligning Training with Business Objectives Related Episodes Effective Delegation of Authority, with Hassan Osman (episode 413) Help People Learn Through Powerful Teaching, with Pooja Agarwal (episode 421) Tie Leadership Development to Business Results, with Mark Allen (episode 435) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Mindy Pankoke, Jeff VandenHoek, and Andrew Mugford On this SaturdayCast, longtime listeners Mindy, Jeff, and Andrew join Dave to discuss how they’ve worked together to support each other in their leadership development. They share the importance of setting expectations in advance, getting external perspective, and celebrating key milestones. Key Points Getting people together outside of the organization/industry is helpful for objective perspective. “You are the average of the five people you spend the most time with.” -Jim Rohn There’s the temptation to think, “What could I possibly offer?” Almost always, each person is able to offer a lot more than they expected. Say “thank you” when someone offers something, even if you’re not sure it’s useful. It is important to celebrate significant milestones. Resources Mentioned The Coaching Habit* by Michael Bungay Stanier Related Episodes These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) How to Create Meaningful Gatherings, with Priya Parker (episode 395) How to Make Your Work More Visible, with John Stepper (episode 397) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Lisa Cummings: Lead Through Strengths Lisa Cummings is the founder and CEO of Lead Through Strengths, a firm that exists to help people find and use their strengths at work. Lisa and her team serve large teams and organizations to help them leverage the results of the CliftonStrengths (formerly StrengthsFinder) assessment. She is also the host of the popular Lead Through Strengths podcast. In this conversation, Lisa and I discuss the value of bringing continual learning into existing team meetings. We explore several steps for making this a reality and feature her new StrengthsFinder training* for individuals and teams who want to do this more intentionally. Use code CFL10 for a 10% tuition discount if you decide the program is right for you. Key Points Consistency of team learning over time, each if for only a few minutes in each interaction, can make substantial progress. If possible, begin a meeting with a learning component. Help connect the dots for people between their natural talents and the work in front of them in the organization. When you ask people to think of others who they admire, be specific. Resources Mentioned Activity: What Do You Want to Be Remembered For? in PDF format (free membership required). StrengthsFinder training for individuals and teams* (use code CFL10 for a 10% tuition discount) The Ultimate Guide to Using Your Strengths to Get Hired Related Episodes Five Effective Ways to Train the People You Lead (episode 31) How Teams Use StrengthsFinder Results, with Lisa Cummings (episode 293) How to Lead Meetings That Get Results, with Mamie Kanfer Stewart (episode 358) One Alternative to Standing Meetings Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She joins me monthly to respond to listener questions. Listener Questions Robert asked how he could support other leaders in his organization to do better, while also supporting his own career. Harrison was wondering how he could handle a situation with a difficult client. Gregory wanted to know how to support team members when they are on-site with a customer and not available to connect. Chris asked what he could do to get more feedback on what should happen with training and development activities. Resources Mentioned How to Stop Worry and Start Living* by Dale Carnegie The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People* by Stephen Covey Related Episodes How to Listen When Someone Is Venting, with Mark Goulston (episode 91) Performance Measurement That Gets Results, with Stacey Barr (episode 419) Tie Leadership Development to Business Results, with Mark Allen (episode 435) Keep Your Ideas From Being Stolen (Dave’s Journal) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Tasha Eurich: Insight Tasha Eurich is an organizational psychologist, researcher, and New York Times best-selling author. Thinkers50 has named her one of the top 30 emerging management thinkers in the world and a top 50 world leader in coaching. She was selected by Marshall Goldsmith for his exclusive “100 Coaches” project to advance the practice of leadership. Tasha’s TEDx talks have been viewed more than three million times. She is the author of the book Insight: The Surprising Truth About How Others See Us, How We See Ourselves, and Why the Answers Matter More Than We Think. In this conversation, Tasha and I discuss the critical nature of self-awareness and the tendency most people have to stay mum about the truth. She shows us how to discover loving critics who will help you get better — and what you can do and say to support useful feedback coming your way. Key Points Internal and external self-awareness are both critical — and different. Improving both is important for most leaders. “Research shows that people are perfectly willing to tell white lies when they’re easier than the cold, hard truth.” Loving critics are people who have mutual trust with you, have sufficient exposure to the behavior you want feedback on and a clear picture of what success looks like, and are willing and able to be brutally honest with you. It’s critical to be specific in the questions you ask, seeking feedback. Prime the pump by zeroing in on only one or two areas at a time. Bonus Audio What Others See Resources Mentioned 5-minute Insight Quiz Insight: The Surprising Truth About How Others See Us, How We See Ourselves, and Why the Answers Matter More Than We Think* by Tasha Eurich Book Notes Download my highlights from Insight in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Get Way Better at Accepting Feedback, with Sheila Heen (episode 143) Five Steps to Hold People Accountable, with Jonathan Raymond(episode 306) How to Process Your 360 Degree Feedback, with Tom Henschel (episode 341) What to Do With Your Feelings, with Lori Gottlieb (episode 438) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Willie Jackson Willie Jackson is a diversity, equity, and inclusion consultant and facilitator with ReadySet, a boutique consulting firm based in the San Francisco Bay Area. He is a frequent writer and speaker on the topics of workplace equity, global diversity, and inclusive leadership. Willie founded an online magazine for black men called Abernathy in 2015, growing the publication from initial concept to over 400 articles and thousands of subscribers. He also served as Technical Lead of Seth Godin’s altMBA program. In this conversation, Willie and I discuss getting started on the journey with diversity and inclusion, what leaders can do to be more mindful, and some of the missteps that I’ve made along the way. Key Points Most of us have good intentions — and intentions alone do not ensure we make the impact we want. We don’t rise to the level of our ambition. We sink to the level of our training. You will make mistakes, regardless of how mindful and intentional you are. Bonus Audio The Language of Inclusivity Resources Scene on Radio podcast White Fragility: Why It's So Hard for White People to Talk About Racism* by Robin DiAngelo Fatal Invention: How Science, Politics, and Big Business Re-create Race in the Twenty-first Century* by Dorothy Roberts The Warmth of Other Suns: The Epic Story of America's Great Migration* by Isabel Wilkersons Stamped from the Beginning: The Definitive History of Racist Ideas in America* by Ibram Kendi How to Be an Antiracist* by Ibram Kendi Related Episodes How to Handle Workplace Bullying, with Jill Morgenthaler (episode 172) How to Tame Workplace Incivility, with Sharone Bar-David (episode 210) How to Make Inclusion Happen, with Deepa Purushothaman (episode 307) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Jim Mattis: Call Sign Chaos Jim Mattis served more than four decades as an infantry officer in the United States Marines, rising to the rank of 4-star general. In 2017, he was nearly unanimously confirmed as the 26th Secretary of Defense of the United States, a position he held for almost two years. Today, he is a distinguished fellow at the Hoover Institution at Stanford University and the author of the new book with Bing West: Call Sign Chaos: Learning to Lead*. In this conversation, Jim and I discuss his career in the Marines and the leadership lessons that emerged during combat. Jim shares the mistake he made in soliciting support for his plan to capture Osama Bin Laden in Tora Bora and discusses how he handled disagreements on strategy in Fallujah. Finally, Jim recommends three books and reflects on the greatest threat to America today. Key Points Creating “focused telescopes” outside the normal chain of command were useful in discovering concerns that might not otherwise have become known. Keep key stakeholders in the loop with these three questions: What do I know? Who needs to know? Have I told them? “You cannot order someone to abandon a spiritual burden they’ve been wrestling with.” Even in a war zone, command was only a small portion of the daily tasks. Most of the time was spent coaching. “History teaches that we face nothing new under the sun.” Books will help you take advantage of the accumulated experiences of leaders who came before you. Resources Mentioned Meditations* by Marcus Aurelius Personal Memoirs of Ulysses S. Grant* by Ulysses S. Grant and Mark Twain Long Walk to Freedom* by Nelson Mandela Book Notes Download my highlights from Call Sign Chaos in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Stop Rescuing People From Their Problems, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 284) Develop Leaders Before You Leave, with David Marquet (episode 405) Influence Through Overlapping Networks, with Sandie Morgan (episode 422) How to Start Seeing Around Corners, with Rita McGrath (episode 430) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She joins me monthly to respond to listener questions. Listener Questions David asked about how to replace his manager who’s had 20 years of experience. Said wondered what he should do to overcome the fear of leading someone smarter than him. James asked about the best ways to prepare how more opportunities to influence others. Resources Mentioned Leaders Need “User Manuals” – and What I Learned By Writing Mine What If You Had to Write a "User Manual" About Your Leadership Style? Business Model Generation* by Alexander Osterwalder and Yves Pigneur Related Episodes Seven Principles for Leading People Older Than You, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 59) An Astronaut’s Guide To Life On Earth, with Chris Hadfield (episode 149) Do This for a Productive Week (episode 180) How to Create Team Guidelines, with Susan Gerke (episode 192) How to Actually Move Numbers, with Chris McChesney (episode 294) The Path to Start Leading Your Team, with John Piñeiro (episode 349) Develop Leaders Before You Leave, with David Marquet (episode 405) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Lori Gottlieb: Maybe You Should Talk to Someone Lori Gottlieb is a psychotherapist and New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone*. In addition to her clinical practice, she writes The Atlantic’s weekly Dear Therapist advice column and contributes regularly to The New York Times and many other publications. Lori has written hundreds of articles related to psychology and culture, many of which have become viral sensations. She is a sought-after expert in media appearing on The Today Show, Good Morning America, and NPR’s “Fresh Air.” In this conversation, Lori and I explore what to do with our feelings, how make the transition from idiot compassion towards wise compassion, and where a therapist can help. When a therapist is the right resource, Lori teaches us how to gain the most from therapy by stepping into both vulnerability and accountability. Key Points It’s important to make the transition from “idiot compassion” to wise compassion — and to find others who can do that for us. Sometimes people say they want to stop the difficult feelings, but you can’t mute some feelings without muting all of them. We keep secrets from our therapists — and we keep secrets from ourselves. The more we are able to be vulnerable, the more that people are able to help ourselves. Insight alone is not valuable without accountability to do better with new insight. What matters most in the success of therapy is the relationship with your therapist, more so than any other factor or credentials. Resources Mentioned Maybe You Should Talk to Someone* by Lori Gottlieb Dear Therapist in The Atlantic Related Episodes How to Tame Your Inner Critic, with Tara Mohr (episode 232) Four Steps to Get Unstuck and Embrace Change, with Susan David (episode 297) The Way to Have Conversations That Matter, with Celeste Headlee (episode 344) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Art Markman: Bring Your Brain to Work Art Markman is the Annabel Irion Worsham Centennial Professor Centennial Professor of Psychology and Marketing at the University of Texas at Austin. He is also the Founding Director of the Program in the Human Dimensions of Organizations, which brings the humanities and the social behavioral sciences to people in business. Along with Bob Duke, Art hosts the radio show Two Guys on Your Head for KUT Radio in Austin, also available as a podcast. He’s the author of many books, most recently: Bring Your Brain to Work: Using Cognitive Science to Get a Job, Do it Well, and Advance Your Career*. In this conversation, Art and I explore the science behind what we know and how we can both better recognize what we don’t know and increase our knowledge in that area. Research shows that others are one of our best sources of knowledge and we discuss how to make intentional connections through mentoring to accomplish this. Key Points Metacognition is the awareness of one’s own knowledge. The Dunning-Kruger explains how sometimes feels like we know more about something than we actually do. The success of expert generalists demonstrates the value of leveraging connections with others in the organization and industry. The most powerful source of knowledge is the people around you. Traditional mentoring programs aren’t ideal since they are inorganic. Seek these five kinds of people when building a team that can mentor you: coach, superstar, connector, librarian, and teammate. Resources Mentioned Bring Your Brain to Work: Using Cognitive Science to Get a Job, Do it Well, and Advance Your Career* by Art Markman Book Notes Download my highlights from Bring Your Brain to Work in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Find a Mentor (episode 105) How to Grow Your Professional Network, with Tom Henschel (episode 279) What You Gain By Sponsoring People, with Julia Taylor Kennedy (episode 398) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Michal Holliday: United States Air Force Mike is a 26-year career military officer and colonel in the United States Air Force. He’s been a commander at the squadron and group level. Today, he is chief of engineering overseeing design and construction across the entire Pacific theatre. He’s also a longtime listener of Coaching for Leaders. In this conversation, Mike and I discuss how his view of leadership has changed over time and how he’s used personal leadership to guide his journey. We highlight how he’s inspired vivid visions in his organization, created team expectations, and embrace a culture of more immediate coaching and feedback. Key Points “Between stimulus and response there is a space. In that space is our power to choose our response. In our response lies our growth and our freedom.” -Viktor Frankl “The unexamined life is not worth living.” -Socrates Vision statements often end up in a drawer. The vivid vision process taught by Cameron Herold has helped the vision to come alive. Giving coaching and feedback more immediately is essential for learning and cultivating the right culture. “When I see something, I do something.” There is a time and place for order-giving. Spending more time coaching, giving feedback, and listening well helps build trust for orders to be followed when that time comes. Resources Mentioned Man's Search for Meaning* by Viktor Frankl Vivid Vision* by Cameron Herold Radical Candor* by Kim Scott Related Episodes How to Create Team Guidelines, with Susan Gerke (episode 192) The Way to Make New Behaviors Stick, with Marshall Goldsmith (episode 196) How to Make Deep Work Happen, with Cal Newport (episode 233) How to Challenge Directly and Care Personally, with Kim Scott (episode 302) The Power of Solitude, with Mike Erwin (episode 308) How to Create a Vivid Vision, with Cameron Herold (episode 345) The Way to Stay Grounded, with Parker Palmer (episode 378) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Mark Allen: Pepperdine University Mark Allen is an educator, speaker, consultant, and author who specializes in talent management, corporate universities, and human resources. He is the author of Aha Moments in Talent Management*, The Next Generation of Corporate Universities*, and The Corporate University Handbook*. Mark is a professor at Pepperdine University’s Graziadio School of Business and Management, where he also serves as Academic Director of the Master of Science in Human Resources program. He is also a senior faculty member of the Human Capital Institute. In this conversation, Mark and I explore the changing demographics of the workforce and why it matters for talent acquisition and leadership development today. Mark shares the key strategies he uses with clients to ensure that leadership development ties directly to organizational results. Key Points 10,000 baby boomers a day are turning 73 and will continue to do so for the next 18 years. The competition for talent will become even more intense than it is today. Research shows that 60-90% of all learnings from development programs are never used on the job. Leadership development programs should not be designed to create better leadership. Leadership is not a business outcome - it's a means to an end. Begin with the end in mind. What’s the business result your leadership development program aims to achieve? Get alignment there before you start building or hire someone to build it. Use the 70-20-10 rule to develop people. 70% of time doing experiential learning, 20% of time in coaching and mentoring, and 10% classroom instruction. Resources Mentioned The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People* by Stephen Covey Evaluating Training Programs: The Four Levels* by Donald Kirkpatrick and James Kirkpatrick Mark’s consulting work Related Episodes The Best Way to Do On-the-Job Training (episode 32) How to Use Strategy and Evaluation in Training, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 33) How to Hire a Trainer or Training Company, with Aaron Kent (episode 35) Three Strategies To Build Talent In Your Organization, with Mark Allen (episode 155) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She joins me monthly to respond to listener questions. Listener Questions Jules asks about how transparent she should be with her boss on her long-term career aspirations. Megan is wondering what she can do when reporting to a leader who seems to have checked out. Mason facilitated a strategy meeting with his team is asks for our advice on how he might improve. Julie’s organization is changing and she is seeking input on the best path forward to determine if her current team can go the distance. Resources Mentioned 11 Ways to Facilitate Great Conversations How to Better Control Your Time by Designing Your Ideal Week by Michael Hyatt Audio Course: How to Create Your Personal Vision Drive* by Daniel Pink The Empowered Manager* by Peter Block Analyzing Performance Problems* by Robert F. Mager and Peter Pipe Gallup’s StrengthsFinder instrument Related Episodes How Teams Use StrengthsFinder Results, with Lisa Cummings (episode 293) How to Deal with Opponents and Adversaries, with Peter Block (episode 328) How to Lead an Offsite, with Tom Henschel (episode 377) Align Your Calendar to What Matters, with Nir Eyal (episode 431) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Tom Henschel: The Look & Sound of Leadership Tom Henschel of Essential Communications grooms senior leaders and executive teams. An internationally recognized expert in the field of workplace communications and self-presentation, he has helped thousands of leaders achieve excellence through his work as an executive coach and his top-rated podcast, The Look & Sound of Leadership. Recently, I’ve received a number of questions about “managing up” and “coaching up.” In this conversation, Tom and I discuss the art and practice of managing up, how it is different than coaching up, and where to focus your mindset and time for the best results to influence effectively. Key Points Managing up happens when you want to influence how you’re perceived by your manager. Coaching up happens when you want to create change in the relationship with your manager. A useful phrase to start with when speaking truth to power: “I think differently about that…” Set aside the emotion when addressing a business issue and lead with data and evidence. “Appeal to the nobler motives.” -Dale Carnegie Come to the table with solutions — or at least a first step. Most people know this rule, but far fewer do it consistently. Ask yourself: how is my boss being measured for success? A cardinal rule when managing up: take more off your boss’s plate that you add to it. Bonus Audio How is your boss being measured? Resources Mentioned How to Win Friends and Influence People* by Dale Carnegie Managing Your Boss by John Gabarro and John Kotter Related Episodes How to Handle a Boss Who’s a Jerk, with Tom Henschel (episode 164) Managing Up (The Look & Sound of Leadership) Managing Your Boss (The Look & Sound of Leadership) Upward Feedback (The Look & Sound of Leadership) Green Lights Always Change (Dave’s Journal) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Denice Hinden: Managance Consulting & Coaching Denice is the president of Managance Consulting & Coaching, a firm that helps transform organizations with provocative strategic planning and coaches leaders and leadership teams. She was lead researcher and co-designer of Executive Transition Management (ETM), a now widely used methodology for effectively supporting nonprofits through leadership transitions. Denice is the author of The Nonprofit Organizational Culture Guide: Revealing the Hidden Truths that Impact Performance* and Taking Leadership to the Next Level: A Year of Stimulating Essays to Discover More Joy in Leading & Inspiring Others* has a tremendous amount of experience helping leaders and boards find alignment and succeed. In this conversation, Denice and I discuss the purpose of a board and how leaders can build relationships with board members. We explore the importance of transparency, how to keep initiatives moving forward, and the practice of regularly providing context. Key Points Six purposes of a board: (1) set policy and direction, (2) monitor operations for compliance and mission, (3) represent the organization, (4) serve as strategy partners, (5) keep records for the organization, and (6) develop current and future leaders. Leaders who lean into full transparency with their boards will build relationships that weather difficult times. Be cautious of making assumptions about what board members want to know. When meeting one on one, communicate what has happened in conversations with other board members to help keep things moving forward. Connecting board members to context regularly will help them find movement, especially when the board is in a volunteer capacity. Resources Mentioned The Nonprofit Organizational Culture Guide: Revealing the Hidden Truths that Impact Performance* by Denice Hinden Taking Leadership to the Next Level: A Year of Stimulating Essays to Discover More Joy in Leading & Inspiring Others* by Denice Hinden Related Episodes How to Increase Your Conversational Intelligence, with Judith Glaser (episode 271) Executive Presence with Your Elevator Speech, with Tom Henschel (episode 316) How to Find Confidence in Conflict, with Kwame Christian (episode 380) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Nir Eyal: Indistractable Nir Eyal is one of the most respected experts on the intersection of psychology, technology, and business. The MIT Technology Review has called him, “The Prophet of Habit-Forming Technology.” He previously authored the Wall Street Journal bestseller Hooked: How to Build Habit-Forming Products* which received tremendous traction in the technology and entrepreneurial communities. Now, he’s turned his attention to how we can control our attention in a world of complexity. His new book, Indistractable: How to Control Your Attention and Choose Your Life*, challenges some of the traditional misconceptions about distractions. In this conversation, Nir and I discuss the practical steps on how to align your calendar with what matters most. Key Points Being a professional is doing what you say you’re going to do. Most people don’t know what they are going to do. Research shows only a third of Americans keep a daily schedule. If you don’t plan your time, someone else will plan it for you. Look to executive leaders for inspiration on being intentional with time. Move away from the to-do list and instead begin the discipline of timeboxing your calendar. Resources Mentioned Resources Nir mentioned in our conversation Indistractable: How to Control Your Attention and Choose Your Life* by Nir Eyal Book Notes Download my highlights from Indistractable in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Getting Things Done, with David Allen (episode 184) How to Transform Your Limitations Into Advantages, with Mark Barden (episode 207) The Way to Stop Spinning Your Wheels on Planning (episode 319) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Rita McGrath: Seeing Around Corners Rita McGrath is a best-selling author, a sought-after speaker, and a longtime professor at Columbia Business School. She is one of the world’s top experts on innovation and growth and is one of the most regularly published authors in the Harvard Business Review. Rita is consistently ranked among the top 10 management thinkers in the world and was ranked #1 for strategy by Thinkers50. Rita is the author of the bestseller The End of Competitive Advantage*. Her newest book is titled Seeing Around Corners: How to Spot Inflection Points in Business Before They Happen*. In this conversation, Rita and I explore how it feels like change happens overnight, but why that’s not usually accurate. We detail four basic stages of inflection points, why it’s critical to be present at the edges, and what leaders can do practically to see around corners. Key Points Strategic inflection points feel like they happen overnight, but in reality there are many indicators over time that inflection points are coming. The four basic stages of almost every inflection point: hype, dismissive, emergent, maturity. Snow melts from the edges. The most effective leaders can and will see this if they are present at the edges. To see early warning signs, create information flows that reach directly from leaders offices into the frontlines of the business. Create incentives that reward useful (and awkward) information. Talk to the future that is unfolding now. There are people, customers, and businesses where the future is already happening. Resources Mentioned Seeing Around Corners by Rita McGrath Rita McGrath on LinkedIn Breaking Up the Degree Stranglehold: Disruption in Higher Education Only the Paranoid Survive* by Andrew Grove Book Notes Download my highlights from Seeing Around Corners in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Lead a 100-Year Life, with Lynda Gratton (episode 266) The Truth and Lies of Performance Management, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 361) The Way to Nurture New Ideas, with Safi Bahcall (episode 418) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Amy McPherson: Advisors for Change Amy McPherson is the managing partner and founder of Advisors for Change. Since 2007, Advisors for Change has developed financial management systems for non-profit organizations so they can spend more time on their mission and less time on their administration. Amy is also a member of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. After discovering this podcast three years ago, Amy sought a practical way to implement the leadership ideas she was discovering. In this conversation, Amy and I discuss how her aim to create more margin for her family has driven more intention for staff development, coaching, and transparency. We also discuss what she’s discovered from expert guests and how she utilized the framework of the Academy to create movement. Key Points The seven questions from The Coaching Habit provided a framework for the kind of culture that would best serve the non-profit partners of Advisors for Change. Shifting focus from lagging indicators to leading indicators helped zero in on the behaviors needed today for success tomorrow. Find the bigger “why” behind what you are doing. In Amy’s case, her leadership growth was fueled by her desire to spend more time with her teenage children. The Coaching for Leaders Academy provided Amy with the framework for deliberate, consistent movement on what was most important for the business. Resources Mentioned Advisors for Change Amy McPherson on LinkedIn Related Episodes These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) How Teams Use StrengthsFinder Results, with Lisa Cummings (episode 293) How to Actually Move Numbers, with Chris McChesney (episode 294) How to Challenge Directly and Care Personally, with Kim Scott (episode 302) Growth Mindset Helps You Rise From the Ashes, with Jeff Hittenberger (episode 326) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She joins me monthly to respond to listener questions. Key Points In this episode, Bonni and I celebrate Coaching for Leaders recently passing the milestone of 10 million episode downloads since we began airing this podcast in 2011. Today, this podcast is regularly ranked as a Top 50 business show on Apple Podcasts. The growth of the show has been the direct result of listeners like you who have put your trust in us to support your development. As a result, we invited listeners to be featured in this episode by telling us what they’ve gained from the show. Thank you for supporting Coaching for Leaders and for sharing it with others in your professional network. There is no greater compliment to our work. Resources Mentioned Essential Communications with Tom Henschel StrengthsFinder with Isabeau Iqbal Lead Through Strengths with Lisa Cummings Sequentia Solutions with Steve Chase Aid for Aid Workers with Torrey Peace Related Episodes The Power of Introverts, with Susan Cain (episode 44) How to Improve Your Coaching Skills, with Tom Henschel (episode 190) These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) How to Write a Killer LinkedIn Profile, with Brenda Bernstein (episode 285) Move From Theory to Practice, with Steve Schroeder (episode 369) Unconscious Mistakes Women Make, with Lois Frankel (episode 386) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Pete Mockaitis: How to be Awesome at Your Job Pete Mockaitis is an award-winning trainer and coach who helps professionals perform optimally at work. He hosts the How to be Awesome at Your Job podcast, a show that has been downloaded eight million times and consistently ranks as a top business show in Apple Podcasts. Pete facilitates training for organizations on enhanced thinking and collaboration to increase clarity and reduce rework. He helps teams save an average of 1.4 hours per person per week. In this conversation, Pete and I explore some of the key mindsets and questions that are helpful when getting alignment with your boss. We explore the areas you’ll want to generate clarity, as well a few key questions to consider. Key Points Six areas where clarity is critical: Deliverables Timing Process Resources Audience Motive Questions you may consider when getting alignment with your boss: How do you want this to look when complete? What does the organization value on metrics and deliverables? What’s an example of a time this expectation was not met? What metrics are my boss being measured on for their own success? Resources Mentioned How to be Awesome at Your Job Related Episodes Seven Principles for Leading People Older Than You, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 59) How to Influence Numerous Stakeholders, with Andy Kaufman (episode 240) Effective Delegation of Authority, with Hassan Osman (episode 413) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Ginger Hardage: Unstoppable Cultures Ginger Hardage is the former senior vice president of culture at Southwest Airlines. She led a team responsible for building and sustaining the organization’s legendary culture and communications enterprise, resulting in 23 consecutive years on Fortune’s list of Top 10 Most Admired Companies in the World. Today, Ginger leads Unstoppable Cultures, a firm designed to help organizations create and sustain cultures of enduring greatness. She facilitates the annual Unstoppable Cultures Fellowship to help leaders of all kinds take practical steps to create the culture that will help their organization thrive. In this conversation, Ginger and I discuss the five lies she’s seen come up again and again in her work with leaders who are struggling with culture. Perhaps most importantly, Ginger emphasizes that leaders need not accept the default culture, but should work to define the culture. Key Points The five lies Ginger has uncovered about culture: Culture is someone else’s job. Our values are on the wall. Culture is fluffy. If I empower my employees, I might lose control. We can’t afford culture. Bonus Audio Defining a culture Resources Mentioned 5 Lies About Corporate Culture document Unstoppable Cultures Fellowship Related Episodes The Four Critical Stories Leaders Need For Influence, with David Hutchens (episode 148) Notice and Change Dysfunctional Culture, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 327) How to Create an Unstoppable Culture, with Ginger Hardage (episode 350) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Leonardo Baumworcel: Hospital São Lucas Leonardo Baumworcel is the director of Hospital São Lucas in Brazil. He oversees a 200-bed hospital and emergency room seeing 10,000 patients a month. He also oversees the work of 2,500 staff. He is a cardiologist by training and a recent alum of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. Key Points One way to utilize the podcast is to leverage if for staff training to get the entire team on the same page. Resilience is key when working to achieve your vision through change — beware of giving up too quickly. Leaders need to establish the frameworks and limitations for what to do — and then help people to have the freedom to work within it. Peer mentoring allows both leaders to learn from each other, instead of limiting the professional development to one person. Resources Mentioned Leading Change* by John Kotter Our Iceberg Is Melting* by John Kotter and Holger Rathgeber Related Episodes The Power of Vulnerability in Leadership, with Jason Brooks (episode 385) How to Create an Unstoppable Culture, with Ginger Hardage (episode 350) How to Succeed with Leadership and Management, with John Kotter (episode 249) Move From Theory to Practice, with Steve Schroeder (episode 369) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Scott Anthony Barlow: Happen to Your Career Scott Anthony Barlow is the founder of Happen to Your Career. He’s been featured on CNBC, Yahoo, CareerBuilder, Fast Company, and Huffington Post and various colleges and universities as a top expert on career happiness. He's held executive roles in human resources, business development, and career coaching. Scott is the host of the Happen to Your Career podcast, featuring the career stories of many successful professionals. He and his team have worked with over 25,000 people to help them stop settling, find their signature strengths, and start doing meaningful work they are enamored with. Key Points Many people frame career choices only as, “Should I take this offer or not?” or, “Should I quit this job and go and get another?” Skills are not necessarily strengths. People who are successful and happier are spending more time in their strengths. Gallup’s StrengthsFinder assessment (now called CliftonStrengths) is a useful tool for getting clarity. Change to a role/company that allows you spend more time in your strengths or decide to design your career from the inside. Stop pursuing marginal improvements of your weaknesses. Resources Mentioned The Ultimate Guide to Using Your Strengths to Get Hired* 8-Day Video Course to Figuring Out What You Love StrengthsFinder training for individuals and teams* (use code CFL10 for a 10% tuition discount) Related Episodes How to Figure Out Your Career, with Scott Anthony Barlow (episode 259) How Teams Use StrengthsFinder Results, with Lisa Cummings (episode 293) Move From Caretaker to Rainmaker, with May Busch (episode 390) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly-traded company. She joins me monthly to respond to listener questions. Listener Questions Samantha asks about how to confront an employee who is not willing to take direction for her. Cathy is wondering how she can lead on a team where she does not have formal authority. Amir is seeking advice on how to step into a director role with confidence and managing former peers. Kelly asks about responding to stakeholders who give suggestions when it doesn’t align with organizational strategy. Resources Mentioned Let's Get Real or Let's Not Play* by Mahan Khalsa, Randy Illig, and Stephen R. Covey Working Wardrobes* Related Episodes How to Manage Former Peers, with Tom Henschel (episode 257) How to Actually Move Numbers, with Chris McChesney (episode 294) The Path to Start Leading Your Team, with John Piñeiro (episode 349) Finding Joy Though Intentional Choices, with Bonni Stachowiak (episode 417) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Sandie Morgan: Global Center for Women & Justice Sandie Morgan is the director of the Global Center for Women and Justice at Vanguard University of Southern California. She is recognized globally for her expertise on combatting human trafficking and working to end violence against women. Sandie is professor, researcher, and partner to many organizations and agencies across the globe including governments, law enforcement, and non-profits. Since 2011, she has hosted along with me the bimonthly Ending Human Trafficking podcast which was recognized by The National Clearinghouse on Families & Youth at the Department of Health and Human Services as a great way to “get up to speed on human trafficking.” Key Points Culture often changes from the top down. Engage “elites” who are outside of the centermost position of prestige. Find avenue of agreement instead of focusing on differences. Influence happens in exciting ways when the networks of elites and the institutions they lead overlap. Change will mean conflict — don’t be scared of this. The more diverse your partnerships are, the stronger your net is going to be. Bonus Audio Why learning from elites is so important Resources Mentioned To Change the World* by James Davison Hunter How to Win Friends and Influence People* by Dale Carnegie Global Center for Women and Justice 2019 Trafficking in Persons Report Related Episodes How Storytelling Helps You Lead, with Sandie Morgan (episode 51) How to Collaborate Across Organizations, with Kirsten Foot (episode 215) How to Grow Your Professional Network, with Tom Henschel (episode 279) The Power of Weak Connections, with David Burkus (episode 347) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Pooja Agarwal: Powerful Teaching Pooja Agarwal is an expert in the field of cognitive science and is passionate about bridging gaps between education and the science of learning. She is the founder of RetrievalPractice.org and Assistant Professor at the Berklee College of Music, teaching psychological science to exceptional undergraduate musicians. She also serves as a consultant and facilitates professional development workshops on the science of learning around the world. Pooja is the author with Patrice Bain of the book Powerful Teaching: Unleash the Science of Learning*. In this conversation, Pooja and I discuss the key strategies that leaders can use in order to maximize their effectiveness as teachers. Since almost every leader is responsible for talent development in some capacity, becoming a more powerful teacher will help you develop others more successfully. Key Points The three stages of the learning process are encoding, storage, and retrieval. We tend to focus too much on getting information into peoples’ heads (encoding) and not enough on getting it out (retrieval). Stop reviewing past discussions and meetings. Instead, invite people to recall and articulate prior interactions. Cramming works, but only in the short-term. For long-term retention, spacing is much more effective. There is no significant evidence that visual, auditory, and kinetic preferences correlate to actual learning. Instead, effective learning combines all these methods. Bonus Audio Why struggling is a good thing for learning Resources Mentioned RetrievalPractice.org PowerfulTeaching.org Powerful Teaching: Unleash the Science of Learning* Are You a Visual or an Auditory Learner? It Doesn’t Matter Book Notes Download my highlights from Powerful Teaching in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Best Way to Do On-the-Job Training (episode 32) These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) Essentials of Adult Development, with Mindy Danna (episode 273) Develop Leaders Before You Leave, with David Marquet (episode 405) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Johanna Nalau: Climate Adaptation & Everyday Leadership Johanna Nalau is an adaptation scientist researching the ins and outs of climate change adaptation. She is an Australian Research Council DECRA Fellow and the Adaptation Science Theme Leader at Cities Research Institute at Griffith University. She’s also the lead author for the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 6th Assessment Report, Working Group II. Johanna writes about climate adaptation and everyday leadership on her own blog and is an alum of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. In this conversation, Johanna and I discuss how she found her voice as a developing leader and how she took action through her writing and other professional activities to help others. Key Points Never underestimate the importance of having a group you can just bounce ideas off of. The most transformative way to build leadership is to start with the people below you who are the future leaders. Blogging is a great way to synthesize you thoughts while also being helpful for others. Resources Mentioned Johanna’s blog: Climate Adaptation & Everyday Leadership Stand Out* by Dorie Clark Great at Work* Morton Hansen Digital Minimalism* by Cal Newport Related Episodes How to Write a Killer LinkedIn Profile, with Brenda Bernstein (episode 285) Ideas Worth Stealing From Top Entrepreneurs, with Dorie Clark (episode 318) Six Tactics to Achieve Extraordinary Performance, with Morten Hansen (episode 337) How to Reclaim Conversation, with Cal Newport (episode 400) The Way to Nurture New Ideas, with Safi Bahcall (episode 418) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Stacey Barr: Practical Performance Measurement Stacey Barr is a specialist in strategic performance measurement and evidence-based leadership. She is the creator of PuMP®, a performance measurement methodology that routinely transforms measurement cynics into its greatest advocates. Stacey is also the author of two books, Practical Performance Measurement: Using the PuMP® Blueprint for Fast, Easy, and Engaging KPIs*, and Prove It!: How to Create a High Performance Culture and Measurable Success*. In this conversation, Stacey and I discussed some of the common mistakes that leaders and organizations make with performance measurement. We also explore what well-formulated performance measures have. Plus, Stacey has kindly made her book available for free to our listening audience. Key Points Common mistakes in performance measurement: Initiatives are not performance measures Events or milestones are not performance measures Measures of activity completion are not performance measures Sources of data are not performance measures A few vague words don’t make a performance measure Well-formulated performance measures have: A method of comparison that we can use to tell whether performance is good or not A base of objective evidence that gives a reasonably accurate and reliable picture of current performance A sufficient degree of granularity to detect small but important changes in performance to which we should respond Relevance to the organization’s priorities The ability to show changes in performance levels over time, giving us enough context to avoid short-sightedness Resources Mentioned Download a free copy of Stacey’s book, Practical Performance Measurement The PuMP® Approach to Performance Measurement and KPIs Book Notes Download my highlights from Practical Performance Measurement in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Actually Move Numbers, with Chris McChesney (episode 294) How to Leverage People Analytics, with Jenny Dearborn (episode 323) The Truth and Lies of Performance Management, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 361) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Safi Bahcall: Loonshots Safi Bahcall is a second-generation physicist and a biotech entrepreneur. He co-founded a biotechnology company developing new drugs for cancer, leading its IPO and serving as its CEO for 13 years. He worked with President Obama’s council of science advisors on the future of national research. Safi is the author of the book Loonshots: How to Nurture the Crazy Ideas That Win Wars, Cure Diseases, and Transform Industries*. In this conversation, Safi and I discuss how leaders can work intentionally to nurture new ideas through three key practices. If you are an innovator (or leading an innovation team) and hearing the voices of the naysayers, this framework will help you begin nurturing new ideas more successfully. Key Points A loonshot is a neglected project, widely dismissed, its champion written off as unhinged. The ice cube is an analogy for the soldiers and artists in the organization. This is called phase separation. The most effective leaders view their work as gardeners, gently cultivating news ideas and investigating with genuine curiosity. Leaders who have a heart for both their soldiers and their artists will support a dynamic equilibrium in their organizations. Most innovation fails in the transfer between the artists and the soldiers. Steve Jobs is an example of a leader who, for many years, refused to show heart — but discovered it later with fantastic success. Resources Mentioned Loonshots: How to Nurture the Crazy Ideas That Win Wars, Cure Diseases, and Transform Industries* by Safi Bahcall Book Notes Download my highlights from Loonshots in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Four Critical Stories Leaders Need For Influence, with David Hutchens (episode 148) How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) Get Better at Deep Listening, with Oscar Trimboli (episode 408) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She joins me monthly to respond to listener questions. Key Points Don’t spend time feeling guilty about things you have to cut. Focus on quality over quantity. Your priorities will change over time. Sometimes even good things can crowd out what is really important. Resources Mentioned The Checklist Manifesto* by Atul Gawande Getting Things Done* by David Allen TripIt PackPoint Ending Human Trafficking podcast Related Episodes How Storytelling Helps You Lead, with Sandie Morgan (episode 51) Getting Things Done, with David Allen (episode 184) How to Reduce Drama With Kids, with Tina Payne Bryson (episode 310) How to Be a Happier Person, with Neil Pasricha (episode 334) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Kwame Christian: American Negotiation Institute Kwame Christian is a business lawyer and the Director of the American Negotiation Institute. His TEDx Talk, Finding Confidence in Conflict, was the most popular TED Talk on the topic of conflict of 2017. Today, he’s working extensively with procurement departments within companies to help them make better deals. Kwame hosts the top negotiation podcast, Negotiate Anything and is the author of the book Finding Confidence in Conflict: How to Negotiate Anything and Live Your Best Life*. In this conversation, Kwame and I discuss walking into a negotiation situation when someone else has more leverage, power, or authority. Yes, there are still many things you can do to influence a positive outcome for both parties — and we detail several practical actions almost anybody can take. Key Points Preparation before entering into negotiation is essential. Research supports that you will do better, even if the tables are tilted to one side. Finding what is publicly available about the other party before you go into a conversation can be very useful to both parties. Our tendency is to give things away before we are even certain the other party wants them. Your self-awareness and emotional state are key to acknowledge going into negotiation. Beware feeling too positive about the potential outcome. Resources Mentioned Kwame’s Ultimate Negotiation Guide Negotiate Anything podcast Finding Confidence in Conflict: How to Negotiate Anything and Live Your Best Life* by Kwame Christian Thinking Fast and Slow* by Daniel Kahneman Book Notes Download my highlights from Finding Confidence in Conflict in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Negotiating As If Your Life Depended On It, with Chris Voss (episode 262) Negotiation Tactics for Results, with Kwame Christian (episode 311) Enhance Your Self-Awareness, with Daniel Goleman (episode 353) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Chris Deferio: Keys to the Shop Chris Deferio is a cafe quality specialist who has dedicated 20 years of his life to working in and studying specialty coffee retail. He is also the creator and host of the industry leading podcast, Keys to the Shop, which gives listeners insights, inspiration, and tools to grow as specialty coffee professionals. Chris previously appeared on the show to help us get more perspective on managing part-time staff. In this conversation, Chris and I explore some of the practical steps that small business owners and general managers can take in order to support employee retention. Key Points Be mindful of the realities of turnover in a small business, but don’t let it stop you from thinking about the future and investing in people. Yes, hire for attitude — and also have an eye to future potential as the business grows. Ask people this question in interviews: “Where did you contribute to dysfunction in your prior organization?” Make an investment in people beyond the paycheck. This could be learning, culture, competitions, or more. There are ways to do this without tremendous expense. Practice intentional breaks in your rhythm, since nobody else in your business is likely to do this. Resources Mentioned Keys to the Shop podcast Good to Great* by Jim Collins Good Authority* by Jonathan Raymond Chris Deferio’s consulting Related Episodes Three Steps To Soliciting Feedback, with Tom Henschel (episode 107) How to Lead Part-Time Staff, with Chris Deferio (episode 289) Six Tactics to Achieve Extraordinary Performance, with Morten Hansen (episode 337) How to Connect Personal Growth to Business Outcomes, with Jonathon Raymond (episode 373) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bar Schwartz: Bring Your People Along Bar Schwartz is a member of the Coaching for Leaders Academy. She’s a software engineer by training and today a consultant and coach who lives and works in Berlin. Bar helps leaders to look differently on how they lead people to create meaningful work — and building structures that put people first. When Bar joined the Academy last year, she quickly set a goal to capture a few ideas in writing. This goal led to her writing a book in just a few short weeks. More importantly, she discovered the power of consistent movement in creating future opportunities. Since this episode originally aired, Bar's book has been published as Leadership in a Time of Continuous Technological Change: Align, Strengthen, and Mobilize Your Team*. As a result, it is no longer available as a free download. Key Points Your team will be more productive if it feels connected. It’s not hard to find questions if you listen. Small, manageable steps are more likely to lead to long-term success. Bonus Audio How to work in your strengths Resources Mentioned Bar Schwartz on LinkedIn Leadership in a Time of Continuous Technological Change: Align, Strengthen, and Mobilize Your Team* by Bar Schwartz Happen to Your Career podcast by Scott Anthony Barlow (bonus audio) Related Episodes How to Know When to Move On (episode 175) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Hassan Osman: Effective Delegation of Authority Hassan is a project management office leader at Cisco, where he leads a team of over 150 project and program managers on delivering complex projects across the world. He’s also served as a management consultant at Ernst & Young (now EY), where he led projects and programs for the largest enterprises. He’s the author of Effective Delegation of Authority: A (Really) Short Book for New Managers About How to Delegate Work Using a Simple Delegation Process. In this episode, Hassan and I discuss the three stages of delegation, the critical importance of planning, and how to leverage delegation as a development opportunity. Also impressive is the ten books Hassan has published while working full-time as a manager at a Fortune 100 company. He teaches others how to do it on his Writer on the Side podcast. Key Points Before you begin the delegation process, decide on the outcomes you need and the right person to get you there. Set expectations for goals, not actions. Use checkpoints to ensure progress and adjust frequency for experience and visibility. Summarize delegation meetings in writing after they occur. The real work of managers is to define the work, before it starts. Resources Mentioned Effective Delegation of Authority: A (Really) Short Book for New Managers About How to Delegate Work Using a Simple Delegation Process* by Hassan Osman Writer on the Side podcast Book Notes Download my highlights from Effective Delegation of Authority in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Start Influencing Virtual Teams, with Hassan Osman (episode 234) The Way to Stop Rescuing People From Their Problems, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 284) Five Steps to Hold People Accountable, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 306) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She joins me monthly to respond to listener questions. Listener Questions Elizabeth asked about a tricky issue with an underperforming team member she inherited. Gordon wondered what he could do to support resilience during a time of massive change. Leona asked how she might think about the disconnect from what her organization espouses and what she sees in practice. Anthony was curious about when it’s appropriate to ask “why” and when it’s not. Resources Mentioned Scaling Up: How a Few Companies Make It … and Why the Rest Don’t* by Verne Harnish Scaling Up Growth Tools Analyzing Performance Problems* by Robert F. Mager and Peter Pipe Related Episodes How to Succeed with Leadership and Management, with John Kotter (episode 249) How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) How to Clarify What’s Important, with Ron Williams (episode 410) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Dave Stachowiak: Coaching for Leaders I am often asked about the tools and technology behind our work. As we’ve updated our systems over the past year, I’ve identified seven tools that may also be helpful for you in creating more margin. Used thoughtfully, tools like these help us automate the things we can automate so we can spend more time doing the things we should never automate. Here are seven that may help: Technology Tools to Create Margin Acuity Scheduling* powers our all our calendars and serves as a 24/7 scheduling assistant. Automated reminders, time zone adjustments, rescheduling, and video meeting integration happen seamlessly. TextExpander* saves us tons of time each day to quickly populate documents, emails, forms, and other repeatable typing so we can respond to others faster and with more accuracy. The link above will provide you a 20% discount. 1Password* helps us create unique and strong password for every account. Plus, there families and teams programs allow us to share passwords with others who need access. Pipedrive* is the customer relationship management system that’s just right for us. Powerful enough to visually help us to track every business conversation, but simple enough to be affordable and practical. The link above will provide access for a free trial. ConvertKit* gives our listeners a lot more choices on the kind of emails they receive. Plus, it provides its own automation to help your organization build its brand. This link above will provide access for a free trial. SaneBox* automatically filters our email so we can prioritize what’s most important. Plus, tons of other reminder tools come along with it. The link above will save you $15 if you decide to try it out. WP Engine* is the leader in WordPress managed hosting and now powers all of our sites. This link above will save you 10% hosting or three months free over a year. New Podcast: Dave’s Journal I announced a project titled Dave’s Journal. It’s a new podcast airing episodes of five minutes or less. The goal of each entry is to capture a valuable insight or reflection for leaders. Subscribe to Dave’s Journal on your favorite platform: Apple Podcasts Google Podcasts Overcast Stitcher Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Ron Williams: Learning to Lead Ron Williams is a veteran business leader, turn-around expert, and advocate for value creation. Today he is chairman and CEO of RW2 Enterprises and also a member of the board of directors for American Express, The Boeing Company, and Johnson & Johnson. Ron is the former chairman and CEO of health insurance giant Aetna. When he joined Aetna in 2001, its loss from continuing operations was $292 million, with earnings per share at a loss of $0.46. In 2011, the year he stepped down as Chairman, Aetna’s full-year operating earnings were $2 billion, with operating earnings per share of $5.17. In this conversation, Ron shares wisdom from his book, Learning to Lead: The Journey to Leading Yourself, Leading Others, and Leading an Organization*. Ron discusses his own leadership journey and how he asked the right questions to inspire a successful turn-around at Aetna. He also shares the reason for avoiding “why” questions and the value that knowledge maps provided at Aetna. Key Points Ron’s five kinds of questions that help challenge your organization’s reality: Highlight key problems Clarify the facts Probe an underlying story Suggest alternatives Drill down to basics In addition, Ron suggested: Ask questions that start with “what” instead of “why.” Utilize knowledge maps to support business literacy for complex issues. Make yourself better every year by aiming for 15% improvement. Resources Mentioned Learning to Lead: The Journey to Leading Yourself, Leading Others, and Leading an Organization* by Ron Williams Book Notes Download my highlights from Learning to Lead in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Way to Grow Your Leadership Career, with Ron Wallace (episode 267) Executive Presence with Your Elevator Speech, with Tom Henschel (episode 316) How to Create an Unstoppable Culture, with Ginger Hardage (episode 350) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Jim Harter: It’s the Manager Jim Harter is the Chief Scientist for Workplace at Gallup. He has led more than 1,000 studies of workplace effectiveness, including the largest ongoing meta-analysis of human potential and business unit performance. He is the co-author with Jim Clifton of the new book, It’s the Manager: Gallup Finds That the Quality of Managers and Team Leaders is the Single Biggest Factor in Your Organization’s Long-Term Success*. Key Points Millennials and Generation Z have influenced the changing nature of work. Six key findings from Gallup: People don’t just work for a paycheck — they want a purpose. People are no longer pursuing job satisfaction — they are pursuing development. People don’t want bosses — they want coaches. People don’t want annual reviews — they want ongoing conversations. People don’t want a manager that fixates on their weaknesses. People say, it’s not my job — it’s my life. Resources Mentioned It's the Manager: Gallup Finds the Quality of Managers and Team Leaders is the Single Biggest Factor in Your Organization's Long-Term Success* by Jim Clifton and Jim Harter CliftonStrengths (formerly StrengthsFinder) assessment Gallup Access Book Notes Download my highlights from It’s the Manager in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes These Coaching Questions Get Results, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 237) How Teams Use StrengthsFinder Results, with Lisa Cummings (episode 293) Three Steps to Great Career Conversations, with Russ Laraway (episode 370) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Oscar Trimboli: Deep Listening Oscar is a mentor, coach, speaker, and author. He was a director at Microsoft for over a decade and headed up the MS Office division in Australia. Today, he works with leadership teams and their organizations on the importance of clarity to create change, how to embrace the digital economy, and the role values play in the achievement of your purpose. He is the author of Deep Listening: Impact Beyond Words*. Key Points Listen beyond the words that are said and try to determine what the speaker is really trying to say. The more senior you are, the more listening you’ll do. Ask the speaker: “Tell me more” or “What else are you thinking?” or “How long have you been thinking about that?” To be a great listener, you have to create a space where you’re available to listen. For every hour you listen, you need to spend another hour in action. Leaders often are not great at hearing all the opinions in the room. Bonus Audio Three tips to becoming a better listener Resources Mentioned The 5 Myths of Listening Deep Listening: Impact Beyond Words* by Oscar Trimboli Book Notes Download my highlights from Deep Listening in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Be a Non-Conformist, with Adam Grant (episode 238) How to Increase Your Conversational Intelligence, with Judith Glaser (episode 271) How to Become the Person You Want to Be, with James Clear (episode 376) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is Dave’s life partner and best friend, business professor, past executive leader, and the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast. Listener Questions Brad asked about supporting a team member who’s being taken advantage of by someone else in the organization. Mark is wondering about how to help an existing team move on to being a high-performing team. Ashish asked about how to determine more in the interviewing process. Craig wanted perspective on how to be more visible. Resources Mentioned The Empowered Manager* by Peter Block Essentialism* by Greg Mckeown Related Episodes How to Deal with Opponents and Adversaries, with Peter Block (episode 328) The Path to Start Leading Your Team, with John Piñeiro (episode 349) Develop Leaders Before You Leave, with David Marquet (episode 405) How to Work With an Executive Recruiter, with Becky deSouza (episode 406) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Becky deSouza: Conexus Talent Acquisition Solutions Becky is a partner with Conexus Talent Acquisition Solutions and has dedicated her career of 20+ years to developing effective solutions for Talent Development and Recruiting. Becky spent 11 years running DreamWorks Animation’s Corporate Recruiting team. Today she leads the human resources recruiting practice with Conexus. Key Points Recruiting firms can be regional, industry-specific, or functional. Look to your network for leads, but be careful when networking with your colleagues. Work to fully engage with your recruiter. Be honest with your recruiter, even if you aren’t totally ready to commit. Always keep your LinkedIn profile updated since it can serve as a type of resume. Make sure your web and social presence is consistent with the expectations of your desired job. Check your privacy settings on social media. Resources Mentioned Becky deSouza on LinkedIn Related Episodes How to Figure Out Your Career, with Scott Anthony Barlow (episode 259) How to Write a Killer LinkedIn Profile, with Brenda Bernstein (episode 285) How to Get the Ideal Team Player, with Patrick Lencioni (episode 301) How to Find Your Calling, with Ken Coleman (episode 352) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

David Marquet: Turn the Ship Around! David Marquet is the former commander of the U.S.S. Santa Fe, a nuclear-powered attack submarine. Under David’s command, the ship had an impressive turnaround, achieving the highest retention and operational standings in the Navy. David is the author of the bestseller Turn the Ship Around: A True Story of Turning Followers Into Leaders, a book USA Today called one of the 12 best business books of all time. Key Points Accomplishment is the production, leadership is building production capacity in your team. Understanding the purpose of the organization is the key to unlocking empowerment. You’ll suffer the consequences of your behavior if you couple the behavior with the outcome. Resources Mentioned Turn the Ship Around: A True Story of Turning Followers Into Leaders* by David Marquet The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People* by Stephen R. Covey Book Notes Download my highlights from Turn the Ship Around! in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Start With Why, with Simon Sinek (episode 223) Turn Followers Into Leaders, with David Marquet (episode 241) How to Build Psychological Safety, with Amy Edmondson (episode 404) Retrieval Practice, with Pooja Agarwal (episode 421) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Amy Edmondson: The Fearless Organization Amy Edmondson is the Novartis Professor of Leadership and Management at the Harvard Business School. She has been recognized by the Thinkers50 global ranking of management thinkers for many years and was honored with their Talent Award in 2017. Amy is the author of several, highly regarded books on teaming and psychological safety, including her newest book, The Fearless Organization: Creating Psychological Safety in the Workplace for Learning, Innovation and Growth*. Key Points Psychological safety varies a lot even inside of an organization. More effective teams may appear to make more mistakes, but it’s likely those teams are just more comfortable reporting mistakes. Instead of calling it an error, call it an accident. And rather than calling it an investigation, call it a study. It’s fine to say, “I don’t know” when appropriate because it signals to others that it is okay to admit when they don’t know something. If somebody shares a problem, say thank you and then ask how you can help. Leaders should be concerned if they’re not hearing bad news. Resources Mentioned The Fearless Organization: Creating Psychological Safety in the Workplace for Learning, Innovation and Growth* by Amy Edmondson Amy Edmondson faculty page Book Notes Download my highlights from The Fearless Organization in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes Leadership Lessons from the Challenger Disaster, with Allan McDonald (episode 229) Turn Followers Into Leaders, with David Marquet (episode 241) The Path of Humble Leadership, with Edgar Schein (episode 363) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Gretchen Rubin: Outer Order, Inner Calm Gretchen Rubin explores happiness and good habits and is the author of several books, including the block-buster New York Times bestsellers, Better Than Before*, The Happiness Project*, Happier at Home*, and The Four Tendencies*. She is the author also of the new book Outer Order, Inner Calm: Declutter and Organize to Make More Room for Happiness*. Key Points When people have control over their stuff, they feel more in control of their lives. If you need a physical reset, do 10 jumping jacks. Your physical needs will override your emotional needs. Resources Mentioned Internal Time* by Till Roenneberg Book Notes Download my highlights from Outer Order, Inner Calm in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Make Deep Work Happen, with Cal Newport (episode 233) The Scientific Secrets of Perfect Timing, with Daniel Pink (episode 332) How to Reclaim Conversation, with Cal Newport (episode 400) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Bonni Stachowiak: Teaching in Higher Ed Bonni Stachowiak is the host of the Teaching in Higher Ed podcast, a professor of business and management at Vanguard University, and my life partner. Prior to her academic career, Bonni was a human resources consultant and executive officer for a publicly traded company. She joins me monthly to respond to listener questions. Listener Questions Peter asked about how to support a team member going through a difficult situation. Mike wondered what strategies he could use to avoid being a micro-manager. Roger asked about advice on next steps after an executive role didn’t work out. Ali asked for input on assessments for executive presence. Thomas wanted input on how to better design surveys. Resources Mentioned Hope for the Flowers* by Trina Paulus Double Loop Learning The Look & Sound of Leadership podcast by Tom Henschel Related Episodes How to Delegate Work Effectively (episode 117) The Way to Lead After a Workplace Loss, with Andrew Stenhouse (episode 142) Get ROI From Professional Associations, with John Corcoran (episode 209) How to Move From Victim to Victor, with John Sanei (episode 366) Get Smart About Assessments, with Ken Nowack (episode 371) Unconscious Mistakes Women Make, with Lois Frankel (episode 386) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Sheila Miller-Nelson: Midian Sheila Miller-Nelson is owner of Midian Consulting. She’s dedicated to helping people learn how to truly connect to create better relationships and enhance leadership. She’s a former trainer with Dale Carnegie and her experience in communication and leadership coaching spans more than 25 years. Key Points We will often learn a lesson but because it seems trivial, we don’t remember it for the next time. The way you practice determines how you perform. Write down what you want to be known for and then share that with others. The ability to humble yourself and admit when you’ve missed the mark will give you compassion for others when they fail. Resources Mentioned Midian Consulting Related Episodes How to Become a Champion, with Jeff Spencer (episode 186) Leverage StrengthsFinder for Your Team, with Lisa Cummings (episode 293) The Truth and Lies of Performance Management, with Michael Bungay Stanier (episode 361) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Cal Newport: Digital Minimalism Cal Newport is a computer science professor at Georgetown University who studies the theory of distributed systems. In addition to his academic work, he writes about the intersection of technology and culture. He’s the author of six books including Deep Work: Rules for Focused Success in a Distracted World and Digital Minimalism: Choosing a Focused Life in a Noisy World. Key Points The human brain is very sophisticated in how it navigates social dynamics using voice and visual cues. Digital interactions bypass the brain’s ability to see these cues. Social media interactions might make you think you’re being social, but you can still lonely because your brain doesn’t count these interactions the same as person-to-person interactions. Digital interactions are not bad, but they can crowd out more important real-world interactions. Make sure tech is serving the things that are important in your life, rather than just using it as an escape from your life. Small steps tend not to work when transitioning to digital minimalism. A better way is to take a 30-day break from consuming digital content and then rebuild your digital life from scratch. Resources Mentioned Digital Minimalism: Choosing a Focused Life in a Noisy World* by Cal Newport Reclaiming Conversation: The Power of Talk in a Digital Age* by Sherry Turkle Alone Together: Why We Expect More from Technology and Less from Each Other* by Sherry Turkle Book Notes Download my highlights from Digital Minimalism in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes How to Make Deep Work Happen, with Cal Newport (episode 233) The Power of Solitude, with Mike Erwin (episode 308) Have Conversations That Matter, with Celeste Headlee (episode 344) How to Create Meaningful Gatherings, with Priya Parker (episode 395) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Dan O’Connor: Life Unscripted Dan O’Connor is a multi-faceted actor, improviser, writer, and director. He is the founder and Producing Artistic Director of the critically acclaimed Impro Theatre. Dan is the author, with Jeff Katzman, of Life Unscripted: Using Improv Principles to Get Unstuck, Boost Confidence, and Transform Your Life*. Key Points When we meet someone for the first time, there is a narrative that happens between us. “If you’re interested, you’re interesting.” Oftentimes, people in meetings aren’t engaged in the conversation and are only waiting for the other person to stop talking. If you make the effort to really listen to your customers, you’ll be able to engage in customized sales because you’ll truly understand what their needs are. Resources Mentioned Life Unscripted: Using Improv Principles to Get Unstuck, Boost Confidence, and Transform Your Life* by Jeff Katzman and Dan O’Connor Dan O’Connor Impro Theatre Book Notes Download my highlights from Dan’s book in PDF format (free membership required). Related Episodes The Four Critical Stories Leaders Need For Influence, with David Hutchens (episode 148) How to Increase Your Conversational Intelligence, with Judith Glaser (episode 271) How to Close the Power Distance Gap, with Jordan Harbinger (episode 343) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.

Julia Taylor Kennedy: Coqual Julia is Executive Vice President and Director of Publications at the Coqual. She has co-authored Disabilities and Inclusion, Mission Critical: Unlocking the Value of Veterans in the Workforce, and The Power of the Purse: Engaging Women for Healthy Outcomes, on women and health. Coqual recently released a new report, titled, The Sponsor Dividend. Key Points A sponsor actively advocates for the career of their protege. If you’re looking for a sponsor, be very clear on where you want to go in your career. Sponsors want to be sure they can trust the protege to deliver on the opportunities the sponsor presents. Sponsors do better when they have a protege who has complementary skills to their own. Resources Mentioned The Sponsor Dividend: Key Findings Related Episodes How to Help the Underdog Thrive, with Terry Lipovski (episode 275) How to Make Inclusion Happen, with Deepa Purushothaman (episode 307) How to Connect Personal Growth to Business Outcomes, with Jonathan Raymond (episode 373) Why Men Are Heard and Women Are Liked, with Lois Frankel and Tom Henschel (episode 392) Discover More Activate your free membership for full access to the entire library of interviews since 2011, searchable by topic.